Home

BioStar 1.8 Administrator Guide

1. Saturday 4 Holiday Schedule Holiday 1 Disable 0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 FAOOTHVAYAAOTAUAH AOA 24 0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 AOODOUOODDOU DODDO DODDO DODDO ARACEAE AAA lt Holiday2 Disable lt 5 If desired you can add up to two holiday schedules to the timezone To create holiday schedules see section 3 7 2 6 When you are finished creating the timezone click Apply 7 Next transfer the timezone data to devices 8 In the task pane click Transfer to Device This will open the Device Tree dialog box 9 Select a device or devices by clicking the checkboxes in the Device Tree dialog box 10 Click OK You can now combine the timezone with door permissions to create an access group see section 3 8 3 7 2 Create a Holiday Schedule To create a holiday schedule 1 2 3 4 Click Access Control in the shortcut pane In the task pane click New Holiday Enter a name for the holiday In the Holiday pane set the date the holiday begins with the drop down calendar Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 95 MND Holiday Basic Information If the holiday recurs every year click the checkbox below the drop down list Set the duration of the holiday in days Click Add to add the holiday t
2. Need Authentication by Administrator Card ID Enter the card ID or click Read Card and place a command card on the reader to automatically populate the fields Command Type Select a type of command card to issue Enroll Card Delete Card or Delete All Card 5 1 5 7 Display Sound tab The Display Sound tab allows you to customize LED and buzzer behaviors by event To save changes to these settings you must click Update in the corresponding section for each event Operation Mode Network Access Control Input Output Command Card Display Sound Wiegand Output Signal Event STATUS NORMAL LED Count fo 1 dont use 0 indefinite BLUE y msec o msec CYAN E msec o msec p me me Buzzer Count 1 dont use 0 indefinite Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine coma2 0 5 Customize Settings Event Specify the affected event by selecting it from the drop down list LED Set the LED behavior for a specified event Count Enter a number of LED cycles for the specified event Enter 0 to enable an infinite loop or 1 to disable the LED Colors Specify up to three display colors from the drop down list The LED will cycle through these colors in order from top to bottom Next to each color enter the duration in milliseconds that the LED should display the selected color and the duration in milliseconds that the LED should remain off befo
3. Fingerprint Camera Network Access Control Interphone Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand BioStation T2 Time Sync with Host PC Time Date 2011 06 21 jy Time 25 10 32 18 j GetTme Settime ID Operation Mode Card Operation Mode ID Fingerprint No Time v Card Only No Time v ID Password No Time n Card Fingerprint mE i ID Fingerprint Password Always x Card Password No Time ID Fingerprint Password No Time v Card Fingerprint Password Always Card Fingerprint Password No Time v Fingerprint Operation Mode Fingerprint Always v Private Auth Disable v Fingerprint Password No Time ba Double Mode No Time v Func Key Fingerprint No Time v Detect Face Not Use v Func Key Fingerprint No Time v Server Matching Disable Password Matching Timeout 3 sec v Mifare Not use Mifare Use Template on Card View Mifare Layout Card ID Format Format Type Normal v Byte Order MSB v Bit Order MSB v BioStation T2 Time Date Manually set the device date with a drop down calendar Time Manually set the device time Sync with Host PC Time Check this box to get the time of the Icoal PC which BioStar client program is installed on The time will be displayed in the Date and Time spin boxes right below this option and you can set the device s time to match this time by clicking Set Time Get Time Get the current time displayed by the device Set Time
4. WG Input List No Name Input Duratiomm 1 Entrance 0051 input 0 0 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web ww supremaine coma2 OD 5 Customize Settings Delay sec Arm Set the length of time in seconds to delay before arming the zone Disarm Set the length of time in seconds to delay before disarming the zone Arm Disarm Type Specify settings for arming or disarming zones For more information for configuring arm and disarm settings see 3 5 2 5 For more information on setting up alarms see section 3 10 External Input Out Specify settings for enabling the BioStar system to antomatically arming or disarming zones For more information on configuring external input output settings see 3 5 2 6 For more information on setting up alarms see section 3 10 5 3 3 2 Alarm tab The Alarm tab allows you to specify alarm actions and an output device for an alarm zone Access Group Event Program Sound Device Sound Send Email Play Count chimes wav Output Device 40051 6163 152 174 wt 40051 6163 152 174 ka Ga Output port 40051 Relay 0 vw Action Program Sound Activate and select a sound from the drop down list to be emitted by the BioStar program Then specify the duration play count of the sound in seconds If you set the Play Count to 0 the specified sound will play until someone with administrative privileges manually stops the sound via the Rea
5. Auto setting from the menu bar Option gt User gt Transfer Mode gt Auto However you can also manually transfer data to devices When doing so you can either transfer selected users to selected devices or synchronize all users at once BioStar also allows you to retrieve data from a device and transfer it to the BioStar server 3 6 5 1 Transfer a user to a device To transfer a single user or selected users to a device or devices 1 Click User in the shortcut pane 2 In the task pane click Transfer Users to Device This will open the Select a Device dialog box Select a Device Selected Users 1 o Device view Result ME 10756 192 168 0 13 i OB 115192 168 0 63 O 52113 192 168 0 65 DE 65535 192 168 0 36 User ID User Department Telephone Email 1 New User lt Transfer to device Overwrite users with different information Delete Users Caution Delete selected users in the list above from the devices All users Synchronize All Users Transfer all users to device and delete redundant users in device only Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 90 3 Setup the BioStar System 3 Select a device or devices from the list on the left by clicking the checkboxes next to device names 4 Click a user name you can hold down the Ctrl key while selecting multiple users 5 If desired click the checkbox to overwrite users with different inf
6. Not Use DHCP Click this radio button to disable the dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP for this device IP Specify an IP address for the device Subnet Specify a subnet address for the device Gateway Specify a network gateway Port Specify a port to use for the device Server Use Click this radio button to use specific server settings Not use Click this radio button to disable server settings IP Address Specify an IP address for the BioStar server Time sync with Server Check this box to synchronize the device time with the server The device polls for a time change on the server every one hour and its time will be synchronized with the server when the device s time and the server s time differ by more than 5 seconds Support 100 Base T This option allows you to enable or disable a fast Ethernet connection for the device When enabled the device will detect the Ethernet network and automatically establish the best connection If Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 199 5 Customize Settings you do not enable this option the device will attempt to establish a 10Base T Ethernet connection Use Click this radio button to enable the 100base T connection for the device Not Use Click this radio button to disable the 100base T connection for the device RS485 Mode Set the mode for a device connected via RS485 Disable H
7. 4 7 3 Downgrade Device Firmware Devices may not work properly if downgraded or reverted back to an older version of firmware Suprema does not recommend a downgrade If your devices require a downgrade please contact Suprema Technical Support Email support supremainc com your Suprema distributor or a local Suprema dealer Activate Fingerprint Encryption By default additional fingerprint encryption is turned off In most cases activating this encryption is unnecessary However you may choose to turn on the encryption to provide extra security or privacy Keep in mind that activating fingerprint encryption requires management of encryption keys and should be performed only by advanced users Activating fingerprint encryption will render all previously saved templates unusable As a result it is best to activate the encryption prior to registering users To activate fingerprint encryption 7 From the menu bar click Option gt Fingerprint This will open the Fingerprint dialog box Fingerprint Security Option Template Format Option C Use 150 Format Template C Use ANSI378 Format Template Save Cancel Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 14 4 Manage the BioStar System 4 9 Click the checkbox under Security Option to activate the fingerprint template encryption BioStar 1 36 Wa lf you change this option and save all of template data in device is not usa
8. Func Key Face Set the device to require function key plus face recognition for authorization Always New Time Zone or No Time Func Key Face Password Set the device to require function key plus face recognition plus password authorization Always New Time Zone or No Time Face Func Key Set the device to require face recognition plus function key authorization and then immediately proceed to T amp A functions Always New Time Zone or No Time Face Password Func Key Set the device to require face recognition plus password plus function key authorization and then immediately proceed to T amp A functions Always New Time Zone or No Time Other options Private Auth Set the device to allow a private authorization method Disable or Enable f enabled the authentication mode of the user will be determined by a user s Authorization setting which is located on the Details tab If disabled the authentication mode will be determined by operation mode settings of the device Double Mode Set the device to require authentication of two users IDs access cards or face recognitions Always New Time Zone or No Time The timeout for presenting the second authentication is 15 seconds Detect Face Set the device to capture a face image Use or Not Use Upon successful authentication the captured image is stored in the event log Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web sineesantebteiinisecenal CO
9. To save your changes click Save Note To reset any changes you have made click Default To exit the dialog box without saving changes click Close 3 6 4 8 Edit the iCLASS layout BioStar allows you to customize the layout that is used to record user information and fingerprint templates This layout will be applied to all new iCLASS cards issued with BioEntry Plus iCLASS devices Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 88 3 Setup the BioStar System BioEntry Plus iCLASS devices support 16k bit 2k Byte and 32k bit 4k Byte iCLASS cards The 16k bit 2k Byte cards are available with either 2 or 16 application areas and are organized into 237 blocks of 8 bytes each The 32k bit 4k Byte cards are available with either 2 or 16 application areas plus an additional 16k user configurable memory and are organized into 8 pages with 26 blocks of 8 bytes each To edit the iCLASS layout 7 From the menu bar click Option gt iCLASS Card gt iCLASS Layout This will open the iCLASS Layout dialog box iCLASS Layout Card Layout CIS Index Block Number of Template v Template Size 382 Template1 Start Block Template2 Start Block 62 Template3 Start Block Template4 Start Block 0 2 Enter the following parameters of the iCLASS layout e CIS Index Block Select the block index to use for header information default value is 13 e Number of Templates Select the number of templates
10. BioEntry W Time Get Host PC Time Date 2014 04 14 B7 Time Q 2 49 53 GetDevice Time SetDeviceTime Operation Mode All Always Double Mode DoubleMode Option Not Use Card Fingerprint No Time Double Mode Fingerprint Only No Time Double Mode Card Only No Time T Double Mode Private Auth Disable A Mifare iCLASS Wiegand F Not use card Card Reading Mode Mifare CSN only v View Card Layout Use Wiegand Card Bypass Card ID Format Format Type Normal x Byte Order MSB he Bit Order MSB Z BioEntry Plus Time BioEntry W Time Date Manually set the device date with a drop down calendar Time Manually set the device time Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 167 5 Customize Settings In Double mode setting option which includes an admin user is supported In Double mode door relay will not open unless an admin user authenticates within 15 seconds after a normal user authenticates If this option is not activated the door relay will open when other two users regardless of whether being a normal user or an admin user Note This feature is supported from the FW versions BioStation 1 93 BioStation T2 1 3 FaceStation 1 3 BioEntry Plus 1 6 BioEntry W 1 2 BioLite Net 1 4 Xpass 1 3 Use Wiegand Card Bypass This feature makes the device to send out Card CSN according to Wiegand setting of BioStar without having to conduct a matching This is designed t
11. ID Bits I ID bit G ParityBit Odd E ParityBit Even AB Fields FE Code Disable Pulse Width us Default Field Data Pulse space us Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 7 2 5 Customize Settings Wiegand Mode Set the mode of Wiegand input to use when reading card ID data Legacy or Extended The Legacy mode will treat connected RF devices as part of their host devices this is the typical function of previous versions of BioStar The Extended mode will allow RF card readers to operate independently which allows them to be associated with doors included in zones and leave logs with their own device IDs Wiegand Input Assign the Wiegand input Disabled The input will not be used Wiegand Card The ID field of the Wiegand string is interpreted as a card ID Wiegand User The ID field of the Wiegand string is interpreted as a user ID Wiegand Output Assign the Wiegand output Disabled The output will not be used Wiegand Card Inserts the card ID of the authenticated user in the ID field of the Wiegand string Wiegand User Inserts the user ID of the authenticated user in the ID field of the Wiegand string 5 1 3 Customize Settings for BioLite Net Devices The sections that follow describe the settings available for BioLite Net devices Customize the way BioLite Net devices function by changing these settings to suit your particular en
12. Operation Mode Fingerprint Camera Network Access Control Interphone Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Current Count 1 Reserved 999 No User ID Card No Type 1 0 User ID Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web sw supremaine com 2 A A 5 Customize Settings Current Count The total number of the user IDs and access cards that have been registered Reserved The remaining number of user IDs and access cards to be registered 5 1 8 10 Display Sound tab The Display Sound tab allows you to customize the BioStation T2 display and event sounds To save changes to display or sound settings you must click Apply at the bottom of the tab You can also apply the same settings to other devices by clicking Apply to Others Operation Mode Fingerprint Camera Network Access Control Interphone Input Output Black List Di T amp A Wiegand Display Sound Language Ez Background Logo Notice Menu Timeout 20 sec v Volume 70 v Backlight Timeout 30 sec Msg Timeout 2 sec hd Theme Theme 1 v Clock Display Enable X Use Voice Disable v Resource File No Change v oe Background Image Sound Status wav File gt Auth Success Unregister User Enroll Success Enroll Fail Add Display Sound Language Set the language to use on the display Korean English or Custom Menu Timeout Set the length of
13. Timed APB min 1 Sption i oooo e oooo e Max Number of Entrance o E Option 2 ooo0 e oooo e Max Number of Entrance o C Option 3 0000 oooo Max Number of Entrance b C Option 4 ooo0 e oooo e Max Number of Entrance o Default Group Setting Default Group Entrance Limit Setting Timed APB min Set the duration in minutes that a user will be unable to regain entry to an area via the device Once a user has Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web nousuoremainc com LL A 5 Customize Settings gained entry the device will reject the user s card or fingerprint authorization for the time period specified here Option 1 4 Click the checkbox to enable an entrance limit setting and then specify the effective hours for the entrance limit Max Number of Entrance Set the maximum number of entries allowed during the specified time limit Default Group Setting Select a default access group to be applied to new users who have not been assigned to another access group 5 1 7 5 Interphone tab The Interphone tab allows you to set the device to act as an interphone to allow communication between people on either side of the door Operation Mode Face Camera Network Access Control Input Output Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Not Use i Interphone videophone Type Select one of the following options Aanlogue Interphone Choose this op
14. ba 1 1 Page lt gt Hide Same Users Fi Same Users User 3 Different Users New User Delete All Get From Device Template Of0 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 9 1 3 Setup the BioStar System 3 Click a device name in the list on the left to display user templates contained in the device 4 Click a user in the Template Information list new users will be highlighted in yellow 5 Click Get From Device Note You can also delete users from devices with this menu This action cannot be undone so use this feature with caution To delete users from a device click a user s name and then click Delete or click Delete All to delete all user records at once In the template information Template Num is the number of fingerprint templates stored in the device and Face Num is the number of face templates stored in the device Face images captured on D Station devices are not counted in the Template Num total p Caution If there are the same users on the BioStar database when you retrieve user data from Xpass devices the data will be overwritten without fingerprint data because Xpass devices do not store fingerprint data 3 6 5 4 Merge user data imported from the device This is to protect the existing data in the server but import only changed or added user data from the device If you choose Overwrite this will delete the entire user data previously saved and r
15. AB Fields FC Code Disable Pulse Width us Default Field Data Pulse space us Wiegand Mode Set the mode of Wiegand input to use when reading card ID data Legacy or Extended The Legacy mode will treat connected RF devices as part of their host devices this is the typical function of previous versions of BioStar The Extended mode will allow RF card readers to operate independently which allows them to be associated with doors included in zones and leave logs with their own device IDs Wiegand Input Assign the Wiegand input Disabled The input will not be used Wiegand Card The ID field of the Wiegand string is interpreted as a card ID Wiegand User The ID field of the Wiegand string is interpreted as a user ID Wiegand Output Assign the Wiegand output Disabled The output will not be used Wiegand Card Inserts the card ID of the authenticated user in the ID field of the Wiegand string Wiegand User Inserts the user ID of the authenticated user in the ID field of the Wiegand string 5 1 5 Customize Settings for Xpass Slim Devices The sections below describe the settings available for Xpass Slim devices Customize the way Xpass Slim devices function by changing these settings to suit your particular environment and operational needs Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 19 5 Customize Settings 5 1 5 1 Operation Mode tab The Operation Mode
16. Change Encryption Key New Encryption Key TEI Confirm Encryption Key eeseeeeeee Note You can use Personal Information Encryption without encryption keys Any combination of letters numbers and special characters up to 32 characters can be used as the encryption key 5 Click Change to close the window then click Save to save changes Setup Timezones In the BioStar system timezones are used to schedule permissions and restrictions You can apply timezones to restrict the hours that a user is permitted to access a door by combining doors and timezones in access groups see section 3 8 3 7 1 Create a Timezone To create a timezone schedule 1 Click Access Control in the shortcut pane 2 Inthe task pane click New Timezone 3 Enter a name for the timezone 4 In the Timezone pane create a weekly schedule by highlighting the effective hours for each day You can copy a schedule from one day to the next by clicking the arrow to the right of the day Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 94 3 Setup the BioStar System Basic Information Name New Timezone Description Details 9 1 General Schedule 2 15 1 FOHNTOAH AVAL 2 15 18 0 Sunday D Copy I 0 6 1 vx DO LMM LAL a 0 6 12 15 18 21 24 wes DO MMM ea NN TTT TTT 0 6 12 15 18 21 24 Wednesday 4 0 6 21 24 ww FE Imee 2 0 4
17. 1 In one to many 1 N mode non ID bits are set to 0 e Custom With a custom format you can define the ID bits parity bits and alternative values 6 Use the Wiegand Configuration wizard to customize the Wiegand format to your specifications see the subsections that follow for more information 7 When you have completed making changes with the wizard click Apply to save your changes 3 2 13 1 Configure a 26 bit Wiegand format When you select a 26 bit format the only thing you can customize is the FC Code 7 After selecting the format in the wizard click Next until you reach the Alternative Value dialog box Wiegand Configuration Alternative Value 26 Bit Standard Custom Format FC Code Field fais 10 2 Click the FC Code checkbox and enter a new FC Code 3 Click Finish to close the wizard Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 60 3 Setup the BioStar System 3 2 13 2 Configure a pass through Wiegand format When you select a pass through format you can alter the total number of bits and assign the ID bits 7 mu RF WN 6 After selecting the format in the wizard click Next to advance to the Wiegand Configuration Format dialog box Wiegand Configuration Format Total Bits js Format gt AEM O0000000 ss UU UO 2 ERR Pe RR E E PR t user 1p Even Parity Odd Parity L Undefined If desired enter a new total numbe
18. BioEntry Plus BioEntry W BioLite Net Xpass Xpass Slim 1471 or Custom enter manually and the port to search with If you select UDP you can search for devices only in the same subnet Serial Specify a COM port or select All port and a baud rate You can connect up to 31 devices per COM port via RS485 If the RS485 cable is too long the signal may be weakened In this case you should install a terminating resistance at both ends of the bus by turning on the Dip Switch on your device for normal signal transmission On the other hand if the cable is too short the resistance may interrupt signal transmission Therefore by considering the length of the cable and the signal status select whether to turn on or off the terminating resistance switch Click Next 7 When BioStar completes the search you can specify network settings as described below Click a device name in the list on the left and then configure the settings as required Note If you change the network settings for a device at this point the device will be removed from the device list To add the device in the following steps you must search for the device again You need not and should not add devices with server mode The devices will connect to the server by themselves and will be listed under the BioStar Server on the Device Tree dialog box If you are trying to add devices with server mode the process will fail DHCP or Static IP If you choose t
19. BioStation BioLite Net D Station X Station BioStation T2 and FaceStation devices For more information about configuring T amp A settings see section 5 1 1 9 5 1 3 9 5 1 6 11 5 1 7 10 and 5 1 8 11 AUTH Associated devices will open the door only on successful credential authorization events TNA Associated devices will open the door only on successful T amp A authorization events To use this option you must select the Use Relay checkbox in the T amp A tab This option is only available for BioStation BioLite Net D Station X Station BioStation T2 and FaceStation devices For more information about configuring T amp A settings see section 5 1 1 9 5 1 3 9 5 1 6 11 5 1 7 10 and 5 1 8 11 Disabled Associated devices will not open the door regardless of the attempted authorization events e Closed by Select an option for closing the door Open period The BioStar system will close the door after the period specified in the Door Open Period sec field Open period Status The BioStar system will attempt to close the door based on door status if you have connected door sensors and the system can detect that the door is open If door sensors are not connected or the system is unable to detect the door status the system will close the door after the period specified in the Door Open Period sec field This setting is useful when used with revolving doors for Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web ww
20. Fingerprint Password Set the device to require ID or card plus fingerprint or password authorization Always Disable or custom schedule Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 150 5 Customize Settings Card Only Set the device to require only card authorization Always Disable or custom schedule ID Card Fingerprint Password Set the device to require ID or card plus fingerprint plus password authorization Always Disable or custom schedule Mifare available only on BioStation Mifare devices Not use Mifare Check this box to disable MIFARE card authorization Use Template on Card Check this box to use the template on the MIFARE card for authorization View Mifare Layout Click this button to view the MIFARE layout used by the device For more information about configuring MIFARE layouts please see section 3 6 4 7 Card ID Format Format Type Set the type of pre processing to occur on card ID data Normal or Wiegand If Normal is selected the card ID data will be processed in its original form If Wiegand is selected devices will interpret card ID data according to the Wiegand format settings Byte Order Specify whether to swap ID card data between cards and devices by most significant byte MSB or least significant byte LSB Bit Order Specify whether to swap ID card data between cards and devices by most significant bit MSB or least significant bit LSB Oth
21. For more information about issuing command cards see section 3 2 8 1 Display Sound Use this tab to configure LED amp Buzzer according to the event or status e Wiegand Use this tab to configure the Wiegand format For more information about Wiegand formats see section 3 2 133 When you are finished configuring the device click Apply to save your changes To apply the same settings to other devices click Apply to Others select other devices from the Device Tree dialog box and click Apply 3 2 8 1 Issue command cards Command cards allow you to enroll and delete users directly from an Xpass or Xpass Slim device For more information about enrolling users via command cards see section 3 6 2 3 For more information about deleting an individual or all users via command cards see section 4 5 1 1 and 4 5 1 2 To issue command cards 1 Click Device in the shortcut pane 2 Inthe navigation pane click the name of an Xpass device 3 Click the Command Card tab in the Device pane Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 5 7 NANNA 8 3 Setup the BioStar System Operation Mode Network Access Control Input Output Display Sound Wiegand Card ID Command Delete All card F Read Card Command Type Enroll Card v C Need Authentication by Administrator Click Read Card Place a command card on the device Select a command type from the drop down l
22. IP Address Specify an IP address for the BioStar server Server Port Specify the port used to connect to the server SSL Displays the status of SSL for the server connection Time sync with Server Check this box to synchronize the device time with the server The device polls for a time change on the server every one hour and its time will be synchronized with the server when the device s time and the server s time differ by more than 5 seconds RS485 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 154 5 Customize Settings Mode Set the mode for a device connected via RS485 Disable Host Slave or PC Connection For more information about RS485 modes see sections 3 2 1 and 3 2 2 Baudrate Set the baud rate for a device connected via RS485 9600 to 115200 RS232 Set the baud rate for a device connected via RS232 9600 to 115200 USB Setting Click the radio buttons to enable or disable the USB port on the BioStation device Dadali Access Control tab The Access Control tab allows you to customize entrance limit settings and default access groups for a BioStation device Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Entrance Limit Setting Timed APE min E Option 2 C Option 3 C Option 4 0000 e Max Number of Entrance 0000 e Max Number of Entrance o0 e Max Number of Entrance M
23. Input 1 or Tamper For Secure I O devices these settings are available Input 0 Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 Switch Click the radio buttons to specify the normal position of the input switch N O normally open or N C normally closed Function Select an action to associate with the input Not Use The input port will not be monitored Generic Input The input port will be monitored for a triggering action events specified with Detect Input 0 3 in the Output Setting dialog box see section 5 1 1 6 Emergency Open Open doors controlled by this device The normal door open period will be ignored and doors will remain open until an operator sends a Close Door command via the Door Zone Monitoring tab see section 4 4 1 Release All Alarms Cancel alarms associated with this device Restart Device Restart the device Disable Device Disable the device A disabled device will not communicate with the BioStar server or process face or card inputs To enable communication again an administrator must provide authentication at the device Schedule Set the schedule during which the inputs will be monitored Always or No Time Duration ms Set the duration in milliseconds an input signal must last to trigger the specified action Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web rusuoremainc com LDO 5 Customize Settings LIB Output tab The Output tab lists output settings
24. LED should remain off before advancing to the next color in the cycle Buzzer Set the buzzer behavior for a specified event Count Enter a number of buzzer cycles for the specified event Enter O to enable an infinite loop or 1 to disable the buzzer Volume Set up to three tone volumes from the drop down list Low Middle or High The buzzer will cycle through these volumes in order from top to bottom Next to each volume enter the duration in milliseconds that the buzzer should maintain the selected volume and the duration in milliseconds that the buzzer should remain off before advancing to the next volume in the cycle Fade Out Set the tone volume to fade out before advancing to the next volume in the cycle by clicking this checkbox Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 196 5 Customize Settings 5 1 4 9 Wiegand tab The Wiegand tab allows you to configure the Wiegand format for an Xpass device Click Change Format to launch the Wiegand Configuration wizard To activate the Wiegand feature for an Xpass device click the checkbox at the top right of the tab For more information on configuring the Wiegand format see section 3 2 13 Operation Mode Network Access Control Input Output Command Card Display Sound Wiegand Wiegand Mode Wiegand Format Format 26 bit Standard EAAA AAAA AIII IIII IIII IIII 10 Total Bits ID Bits 1 ID bit O ParityBit Odd E ParityBit Even
25. Port Input 0 Switch N o On c Function Not Use Schedule Always Duration ms 9 Device Select the BioStation T2 device for which you will add or modify settings Port Select an input port Input 0 Input 7 or Tamper For Secure I O devices these settings are available Input 0 Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 Switch Click the radio buttons to specify the normal position of the input switch N O normally open or N C normally closed Function Select an action to associate with the input Not Use The input port will not be monitored Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web sienenishiaiiniaaeill A 7 5 Customize Settings Generic Input The input port will be monitored for a triggering action events specified with Detect Input 0 3 in the Output Setting dialog box see section 5 1 1 6 Emergency Open Open doors controlled by this device The normal door open period will be ignored and doors will remain open until an operator sends a Close Door command via the Door Zone Monitoring tab see section 4 4 1 Release All Alarms Cancel alarms associated with this device Restart Device Restart the device Disable Device Disable the device A disabled device will not communicate with the BioStar server or process fingerprints or card inputs To enable communication again an administrator must provide authentication at the device Schedule Set the schedule during which the inputs wi
26. Setup the BioStar System 3 2 12 Configure a FaceStation Device To configure a FaceStation device 1 Click Device in the shortcut pane 2 Double click a device name in the navigation pane This will open a Device pane similar to the one below Device Basic Information Name 2345678 1 192 168 0 207 Device ID 234 156781 Firmware g 1_120914 Device Type FSM ai FaceStation Time E Get Host PC Time Date ID Operation Mode Card Operation Mode ID Face ID Password ID Face Password ID Face Password Face Operation Mode Face Face Password Func Key Face Func Key Face Password Face Func Key Face Password Func Key Mifare Ey 3 2014 H Time 7 17 34 PM Get Device Time Set Device ai wi iE GE SEER a RIE la ila iia lla Ia A q 4 q 4 c a E a a E 4 4 A Card Only A SEER ERIE alla ia iia lie la 4 i 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Card Face Card Password Card Face Password Card Face Password Private Auth Double Mode Detect Face a 4 Matching Timeout Wiegand E Not use Mifare Use Template on Card View Mifare Layout E Use Wiegand Card Bypass Card ID Format Add Modify Delete Apply to Others 3 Configure device information on the following tabs For an explanation of device settings see section 5 1 8 Operation mode Use this tab to set the device time or retrieve it from a host PC and adjust settings f
27. This will open the Email Setting dialog box Email Setting Recipient Address Sender Address SMTP ID SMTP Server admin deyv suprema co kr user 1 suprema co kr user 1 210 240 219 2 sales suprema co kr admin mail suprema co kr mailmaster 210 240 219 2 Sender Info Email Address admin mail suprema co kr SMTP Server 210 240 219 2 Port default 25 25 SMTP ID mailmaster SMTP Password TIIT Seriy Type Recipient Info Email Address 2 Type the email address SMTP server port number SMTP ID and SMTP password in the Sender Info section then choose one of the options NO SECURITY TLS or SSL in the Security Type drop down list Type the email address in the Recipient Info section Click Add to add the configuration to the list Repeat steps 2 4 as necessary to add other email configurations An vp w When you are finished click Save Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 7 7 7 3 Setup the BioStar System E mail setting Using Alarm setting you can send an e mail with user customized format 1 mM KR WN Click Option gt Event gt Alarm Setting gt Send Email gt The button then the Select Admin amp Contents window will open ciate Select Admin amp Contents Priority 0 x Wh Select Priority Level Select the action to be taken when a specific event happens Action Program Sound Play Count 0 Infinite Send Ema
28. Use the controls in the Pan amp Tilt and the Zoom sections to aim the PTZ camera at the desired spot Details Setup Pen amp Tilt speed J OO We 000 Zoom Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 120 Manage the BioStar System Once you have properly set up the BioStar system management is fairly simple BioStar allows you to monitor events in real time and view event logs by date control parts of the system remotely manage users and upgrade device firmware directly from the BioStar interface In addition you can activate fingerprint encryption if necessary to provide an additional level of security and privacy The BioStar system records events from all connected devices To monitor events in real time please click Monitoring in the shortcut pane then click the Realtime Monitoring tab Door Zone Monitoring Realtime Monitoring Log List Status Monitoring Started gt sill M Show Image V Auto Image Reflect a 4 Date Device ID Device Event T amp 4 Event User ID User Status a 2011 06 09 11 58 52 2111 211110192 16 Server Socket Connected 0 i 4 2011 06 09 13 32 38 2111 21111 192 16 Verify Success Card Only In 2149100032 2149100032 a 2011 06 09 13 32 38 2111 21111 192 16 Door Relay On 0 i 48 2011 06 09 13 32 46 2111 21111 192 16 Verify Success Card Only In 2149100032 2149100032 5 2011 06 09 13 32
29. different e Green Indicates that the configuration data are applied to the device only Blue Indicates that the configuration data are applied to the server only Optional Select the data that you want to delete from the device and click Delete from Device in the lower right corner of the screen Optional Select the data that you want to transfer from the server to a device and click Send to Device in the lower right corner of the screen Setup Time and Attendance BioStar s time and attendance features allow you to define time categories shifts and holiday rules Refer to the procedures in this section as well as the steps in section 3 7 2 to configure time and attendance options 3 9 1 Adda Time Category To add a time category 1 2 Click Time and Attendance in the shortcut pane In the task pane click Add Time Category This will open a Time Category pane similar to the one below Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 700 3 Setup the BioStar System Time Category k Basic Information Name Swing Shift Description Overlaps day and night shifts Details Time Rate 1 Rounding Unit Min a Display Color Enter a name and description for the time category Add details for the time category e Time Rate Enter the rate at which time is calculated for this time category e Rounding Unit Min Specify in minutes
30. 268445538 192 168 0 139 of 268492892 192 168 0 103 ww J 27722 192 168 0 133 off 20344192 168 0 152 olf 33264 192 168 0 88 ow J 41991 192 168 0 85 m E 51048 192 168 0 92 a hibibh i DlWiwlMiNn iN iNMin U INIO wm ib bo JN m oO c 2 2 Sh S Sle A kd ff 541131646 192 168 0 83 lt 1 1Page F Hide Same Users Same Users User 25 Different Users Template 0 0 4 Click the device name in the device list on the left and display user information in the device 5 With color information compare user data between the device and server and select users 6 Click Get from Device 3 6 6 User Data Encryption BioStar provides AES256 user data encryption User data encryption helps protect valuable private information against crimes such as identity theft upon any accidental or intentional data breach Personal Information Encryption Security Option Use Personal Information Encryption To encrypt user data 7 Click Option gt User gt Personal Information Encryption 2 In the Personal Information Encryption dialog box click the check box beside Use Personal Information Encryption a pop up window will appear 3 Read the message then click Yes to accept it 4 Click Change Encryption Key then enter the encryption key Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 93 3 Setup the BioStar System 3 7
31. 3 8 1 2 4 Device Management Administrators can control multiple aspects of devices via the BioStar software In addition to authentication behaviors BioStar supports the configuration of inputs output relays actions and sounds The system includes options for customizing sound and display settings for BioStation D Station X Station BioStation T2 and FaceStation devices and LED amp Buzzer settings for other devices The system provides configuration options for controlling external devices such as door strikes and alarm sirens BioStar can also connect to and communicate with third party devices via a Wiegand interface For more information about device management see sections 3 2 and 4 7 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 16 1 About the BioStar System 1 2 5 Door and Elevator Lift Management BioStar allows for comprehensive control of doors and connected devices such as door relays alarm relays door sensors and exit switches Each door can be operated by up to two devices and when two devices are connected to a door administrators can apply anti passback controls BioStar also allows for control of elevators lifts via Xpass and Xpass Slim devices with Secure I O devices connected as slaves BioStar allows specific configuration of alarm events for doors that are forced open or held open longer than a specified interval including activating alarm sounds from individual devices sending
32. 34 2010 09 30 17 20 06 2010 09 30 17 20 53 2010 09 30 17 22 45 2010 09 30 17 22 59 2010 09 30 17 23 19 2010 09 30 17 23 26 2010 09 30 17 24 59 2010 09 30 17 30 52 2010 09 30 17 37 01 2010 09 30 17 51 26 2010 09 30 17 51 36 2010 09 30 17 52 21 2010 09 30 17 52 37 2010 09 30 17 53 23 2010 09 30 17 53 29 2010 09 30 17 56 26 2010 09 30 16 03 46 2010 09 30 19 26 52 ADIN AN AM Amar 192 168 1 106 192 168 1 106 192 168 1 125 192 168 1 125 192 168 1 106 192 168 1 106 192 168 1 106 192 168 1 106 192 168 1 106 192 168 1 106 192 168 1 106 192 168 1 106 192 168 1 106 192 168 1 125 192 168 1 106 192 168 1 106 192 168 1 106 192 168 1 106 192 168 1 106 192 168 1 106 192 168 1 106 192 168 1 106 192 168 1 106 192 168 1 106 tM EE Ta e EE E aTa logout login login logout logout login logout login logout login logout login logout login login logout login logout login logout login logout login logout l 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Monitor Door Events via a Visual Map BioStar allows you to conveniently manage doors on a visual representation of your actual floor plan On the Visual Map you can customize your floor plan add doors and monitor door status and activity for example whether the door is open or closed authentication events and door alarms If you have more than one floor plan you can crea
33. 4 3 Setup the BioStar System 3 6 a Under External Arm Disarm select a device from the Device drop down list b Select an input from the Input drop down list c Select the position of the input N O normally open or N C normally closed that will allow the system to arm the alarm zone The other position will allow the system to disarm the alarm zone To send an arm signal to an external device such as an alarm signal Under Arm Status select a device from the Device drop down list Select a relay from the Relay drop down list Select a type of signal from the Signal drop down list Specify a priority level in the Priority field ano To send a disarm signal to an external device such as an alarm signal Under Disarm Status select a device from the Device drop down list Select a relay from the Relay drop down list Select a type of signal from the Signal drop down list Specify a priority level in the Priority field ano 6 When you are finished configuring the external input output settings click OK 3 5 2 7 Select access groups The Access Group tab in the Zone pane allows you to specify access groups that can bypass the normal restrictions set for the zone For example you may choose a particular access group to be exempt from the restrictions of an anti passback zone For alarm zones this tab allows you to specify access groups that can arm and disarm alarms To select an access group please click
34. 5 Customize Settings 5 3 5 Customize Settings for Access Zones The sections below describe the settings available for access zones These zones are used to synchronize user data so the Alarm and Access Group tabs are unavailable Customize the way the zone functions by changing these settings to suit your particular environment and operational needs 5 3 5 1 Details tab The Details tab allows you to add devices to the Device List Synchronize Time Wh Device List No Devices Attribute 1 40051 6185 152 174 Master Device Synchronize User Info Click this checkbox to automatically propagate user information to other devices Synchronize Log Data Click this checkbox to automatically write all log records to the master device for member devices in the zone Synchronize Time Click this checkbox to synchronize the time of devices in the zone Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web ww supremaine coma A 5 Customize Settings 5 3 6 Customize Settings for Muster Zones The sections below describe the settings available for muster zones These zones are used to monitors user locations so the Alarm tab is unavailable Customize the way the zone functions by changing these settings to suit your particular environment and operational needs 5 3 6 1 Details tab The Details tab allows you to add devices to the Device List ils Alarm Access Group Event MusterZone Type Manual Tra
35. A Mode Set the time and attendance mode Not Use Disable the time and attendance functions for this device Manual Users must press the specified key every time they enter or leave to record their T amp A events Manual Fix When a T amp A key is pressed the device will remain in that mode until a different T amp A key is pressed Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine com I O 5 Customize Settings Auto change The device will automatically change T amp A modes to correspond with the functions specified for a time period Event Fix The device will perform only the specified T amp A function T amp A Key Specify which keys to use for T amp A events and the event types associated with them Function Key Select a function key from the drop down list to assign a T amp A event 1 15 If you are using the Event Fix mode you can click the checkbox to the right to designate a fixed event Event Caption Enter a caption for the event Auto Mode Schedule When using the Auto Change mode you can specify when the event will occur by selecting a timezone in the drop down list For more information on creating a timezone see section 3 7 1 Event Type Set the type of event to assign to the key Not Use Check In Check Out In or Out In Out indicates the general check in out events during a day whereas Check In Out indicates the formal check in out events upon arrival and departure at work or the first chec
36. Always h ID Password No Time bi Card Face No Time i ID Face Password No Time ha Card Password No Time ka ID Face Password No Time wa Card Face Password No Time ha Face Operation Mode Card Face Password No Time kd Face Always aa Face Password No Time w Private Auth Disable w Func Key Face No Time ef Double Mode No Time Func Key Face Password No Time wa Face Func Key No Time w Detect Face Not Use w Face Password Func Key No Time y Matching Timeout m Mifare C_ Not use Mifare Use Template on Card View Mifare Layout Card ID Format Format Type Normal n Byte Order MSB n Bit Order MSB na FaceStation Time Date Manually set the device date with a drop down calendar Time Manually set the device time Sync with Host PC Time Check this box to automatically synchronize the device time with the time of the host computer Get Time Get the current time displayed by the device Set Time Set the time on the device ID Operation Mode The drop down lists in this area allow you to control the authentication mode by schedule For example you can choose a normal authentication mode for working hours and a more strict authentication mode for hours outside the normal schedule You can specify authentication modes either by device or by user see section 5 4 1 Unless a particular mode is specified for a user the device authentication mode will apply ID Face Set the device to requir
37. BioLite Net MIFARE BioStation Mifare BioEntry Plus Mifare BioEntry W Mifare BioLite Net D Station and FaceStation iCLASS BioEntry Plus iCLASS FeliCa BioEntry Plus iCLASS HID proximity BioStation HID and BioEntry Plus HID Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 87 3 Setup the BioStar System EM4100 and HID cards require only a card ID to complete card registration while MIFARE and iCLASS cards support two operation modes Card Serial Number CSN and Template on Card modes FeliCa cards support only the CSN mode When using the CSN mode you can read the serial number just as you would for an EM4100 or HID card When using Template on Card mode you must record the user information including fingerprint templates directly to the card Follow the procedures below to issue the appropriate type of card and then add it to the user s account 3 6 4 1 Issue EM4100 cards To register a EM4100 card for a user 1 mM KR WN 8 Click User in the shortcut pane In the navigation pane click a user s name In the User pane click the Card tab Select a EM4100 from the Card Type drop down list Click Card Management This will open the Card Management dialog box Card Management Device ID 25183 25183 61 83 152 176 v Card Information User ID Select a Device ID from the drop down list Enter a card ID 32 bits and custom ID 8 bits either manually or by reading f
38. BioMini USB terminals as well as the Secure I O device Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web sw supremaine coma2 O32 Glossary distributed intelligence In the BioStar system the authorization database is distributed to each terminal so that authorization is faster and can continue even when other parts of the system are offline door Doors are the physical barriers that provide entry into a building or space At least one device must be connected to a door to provide access control but two devices can be connected to support anti passback and other features such as door relays alarm relays exit switches and sensors duress finger This term refers to an enrolled fingerprint that will activate silent alerts when a candidate is under duress In the typical duress scenario a perpetrator forces the candidate to gain access by force or threat of harm The candidate gains access by means of his or her duress finger which allows access and simultaneously triggers the alarm or alert actions you specify enrollment The process of creating a user account and capturing images of fingerprints or issuing access cards entrance limit The maximum number of times a user can gain authorization to a specific area The entrance limit can be related to a time period so that users are limited to certain number of entries during office hours for example ESSID Extended Service Set ID The ESSID is the name of a wireless network a
39. Close Forced Open Door Held Open Door Detect Input 1 3 Device Select the device to monitor for an alarm event Signal Setting Select a signal setting that you have previously configured from the menu bar Option gt Event gt Output Port Setting Priority Set a priority for the event Only an event with an equal or higher priority 1 is the highest can override a previous event For example an alarm on activate event with a priority of 2 can be canceled only by an alarm off deactivate event with a priority of 1 or 2 Alarm Off Event Specify settings and click Add to add the event to the Alarm Off Event list These events will deactivate an alarm Event Select an event that will deactivate an alarm Auth Success Auth Fail Auth Duress Anti passback Fail Access Not Granted Entrance Limited Admin Auth Success Tamper On Door Opened Door Close Forced Open Door Held Open Door or Detect Input 1 3 Device Select the device to monitor for an alarm event Priority Set a priority for the event Only an event with an equal or higher priority 1 is the highest can override a previous event For example a priority 2 alarm on event activate can be overridden only by an alarm off deactivate event with a priority of 1 or 2 5 1 8 9 Black List tab The Black List tab allows you to register user IDs or access card numbers and prevent them from being authenticated with the device
40. ID Card Fingerprint No Time Password Fast ID Matching Disable Interphone Nablike e Mifare E Not use Mifare E Use Template on Card View Mifare Layout Card ID Format Format Type Normal ki Byte Order MSE Bit Order MSE BioStation Time Date Manually set the device date with a drop down calendar Time Manually set the device time Sync with Host PC Time Check this box to get the time of the Icoal PC which BioStar client program is installed on The time will be displayed in the Date and Time spin boxes right below this option and you can set the device s time to match this time by clicking Set Time Get Time Get the current time displayed by the device Set Time Set the time on the device 1 1 Operation Mode the drop down lists in this area allow you to control the authentication mode by schedule For example you can choose a normal authentication mode for working hours and a more strict authentication mode for hours outside the normal schedule You can specify authentication modes either by device or by user see section 5 4 1 Unless a particular mode is specified for a user the device authentication mode will apply ID Card Fingerprint Set the device to require ID or card plus fingerprint authorization Always Disable or custom schedule ID Card Password Set the device to require ID or card plus password authorization Always Disable or custom schedule ID Card
41. ID Format Format Type Normal v Byte Order MSB Bit Order MSB X Delete Apply to Others Apply 3 Configure device information on the following tabs For an explanation of device settings see section 5 1 6 Operation mode Use this tab to set the device time or retrieve it from a host PC and adjust settings for operation modes Fingerprint Use this tab to specify security quality matching and timeout settings for fingerprint recognition Camera Use this tab to assign events by timezone that can be performed via the camera and the face detection feature Network Use this tab to specify settings for LAN or serial connections Access Control Use this tab to specify entrance limits and default access groups for an individual device Input Use this tab to add modify or delete input settings for the device Output Use this tab to add modify or delete output settings for the device Black List Use this tab to block access through a particular card e g a card which has been stolen or used by a former employee You can use this feature only when the card mode of the device is set to Template on Card Adding a user ID or card ID denies access from the users with the matching ID or card Display Sound Use this tab to adjust display or sound settings and add background images and sounds T amp A Use this tab to configure time and attendance settings Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web ww
42. Legacy or Extended The Legacy mode will treat connected RF devices as part of their host devices this is the typical function of previous versions of BioStar The Extended mode will allow RF card readers to operate independently which allows them to be associated with doors included in zones and leave logs with their own device IDs Wiegand In Out Assign the Wiegand input or output Wiegand User In The ID field of the Wiegand string Is interpreted as a user ID Wiegand Card In The ID field of the Wiegand string is interpreted as a card ID Wiegand User Out Inserts the user ID of the authenticated user in the ID field of the Wiegand string Wiegand Card Out Inserts the card ID of the authenticated user in the ID field of the Wiegand string 5 1 9 Customize Settings for FaceStation Devices The sections below describe the settings available for FaceStation devices Customize the way FaceStation devices function by changing these settings to suit your particular environment and operational needs 5 1 9 1 Operation Mode tab The Operation Mode tab allows you to customize time and various operation modes settings for FaceStation devices Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web ww supremaine com A O 5 Customize Settings FaceStation Time L Get Host PC Time Date 4 14 2014 E Time 3 3456 PM Get Device Time Set Device Time ID Operation Mode Card Operation Mode ID Face No Time ua Card Only
43. Out Device e Alarm zones When the Select Zone Attribute Type pop up appears select a device attribute from the drop down list General Arm Disarm or Arm Disarm If you select an arm or disarm attribute or Arm Disarm click the Card or Key radio button to specify how to arm or disarm zones and then press OK For more information about arming or disarming zones see section 3 5 2 5 5 Press Save to add the devices to the list Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 7 3 Setup the BioStar System 3 5 2 3 Configure zone inputs When adding devices to an alarm or fire alarm zone you must also configure the zone inputs To configure inputs 1 Click Doors in the shortcut pane 2 Inthe navigation pane click the name of a zone 3 Inthe Zone tab at the bottom of the Device List click Add Input This will open the Add Zone Input dialog box Add Zone Input 0002 6 1 83 152 175 v C 50002 Input 0 50002 input 1 Switch Duration ms 0 4 Type a name for the input in the Name field 5 Select a device from the drop down list 6 Select one of the available inputs by clicking the checkbox next to the appropriate input 7 Select the normal position of the input N O normally open or N C normally closed 8 Set the duration in milliseconds of the input signal 9 Click OK to add the input to the Input List 3 5 2 4 Configure alarm actions and outputs Con
44. Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 174 4 Manage the BioStar System 4 2 1 Upload Logs to BioStar For devices that are not connected to the BioStar server you must manually upload logs before viewing them To upload logs to BioStar 7 Click Monitoring in the shortcut pane 2 Click the Log List tab in the Monitoring pane 3 In the Task pane click poaa Log This will open the Upload Log dialog box Upload Log em Z Upload Log 2013 11 04 2013 11 04 E Upload all Log Device Type Get Recent Log Reader BEPL RF Device BLR BST SI0 ig 38506 192 158 0 173 3 m T2 XST OR 179141192 168 0 106 oof Xpass 4 Select an upload option by clicking the corresponding box a Upload Log Use this option to upload logs for a specific time period Specify the period with the drop down calendars b Upload All Log Use this option to upload all logs c Get Recent Log Use this option to upload logs written since the previous upload d Device Type Specify a device type that you wan to upload log data from either a reader or USB 5 Select the devices from which to upload logs by clicking the checkboxes next to the device numbers 6 Click OK BioStar will download log records from the selected devices and display the activities in the log list 7 Note Log upload is only supported for D Station X Station BioStation T2 and FaceStation Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www
45. T amp A Wiegand Fingerprint Security Level Normal 1 N Fast Mode Auto v Sensitivity 7 Max v View Image No v Scan Timeout 10 sec v Check Fake Finger Disable v Template Option Template Type Suprema Template Fingerprint E RAC Security Level Set the security level to use for fingerprint authorization Normal Secure or Most Secure Keep in mind that as the security level is increased so too is the likelihood of a false rejection Sensitivity Set the sensitivity of the fingerprint scanner 0 Min to 7 Max A higher sensitivity setting will result in more easily captured fingerprint scans but also increases the sensitivity to external noise Scan Timeout Set the length of time before the fingerprint scanner will timeout 1 sec to 20 sec If a user does not place a finger on the device within the timeout period the authorization will fail 1 N Fast Mode Set the device to use Fast Mode to reduce the amount of time required for matching fingerprints Auto Normal Fast or Fastest Setting Fast Mode to Auto will adjust the matching speed according to the number of enrolled templates View Image Set to show or hide fingerprint images on the BioStation T2 display Yes or No Check Fake Finger Set the device to detect the use of fake fingerprints such as those made from silicon or rubber and prevent unauthorized access Template Option Displays the global fingerprint template settings For more information about fi
46. The ID field of the Wiegand string is interpreted as a user ID Wiegand Output Assign the Wiegand output Disabled The output will not be used Wiegand Card Inserts the card ID of the authenticated user in the ID field of the Wiegand string Wiegand User Inserts the user ID of the authenticated user in the ID field of the Wiegand string 5 1 4 Customize Settings for Xpass Devices The sections below describe the settings available for Xpass devices Customize the way Xpass devices function by changing these settings to suit your particular environment and operational needs 5 1 4 1 Operation Mode tab The Operation Mode tab allows you to customize time and various operation modes settings for Xpass devices Operation M ode Network Access Control Input Output Command Card Display Sound Wiegand Xpass Time C Sync with Host PC Time Date 2010 12 20 Time QE 2 12 16 Operation Mode Card Only Always v C Double Mode Server Matching Mifare C Not use Mifare Use Data Card View Mifare Layout Card ID Format Format Type Normal v Byte Order MSB v Bit Order MSB v Xpass Time Date Manually set the device date with a drop down calendar Time Manually set the device time Sync with Host PC Time Check this box to get the time of the Icoal PC which BioStar client program is installed on The time will be displayed in the Date and Time spin boxes right below this opti
47. Type Door Open Period sec 3 Door Open Alarm sec Driven By j i Closed By Configure door information on the following tabs For an explanation of door settings see section 5 2 Details Use this tab to control the interaction between doors devices locks and exit buttons If you add two devices to a door you can also use this tab to configure anti passback settings e Alarm Use this tab to specify what actions to take when the door is forced open or held open e Zone Use this tab to see the zones associated with a door e Access Control Use this tab to see the access groups associated with a door Event Use this tab to retrieve and monitor an event log for the door When you are finished configuring the device click Apply to save your changes 3 3 4 Create a Door Group You can create groups of doors for easier management 1 2 3 4 Click Doors in the shortcut pane In the navigation pane right click Doors and click Add Door Group Type a name for the group and press Enter To add a door to the group click and drag a door to the group Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 64 3 4 3 Setup the BioStar System Setup Elevators Lifts This section describes how to setup elevators within the BioStar system For information about installing physical devices and integrating them with elevator components refer to the user guide that accompanies each device
48. Wiegand Format Format Legacy Y Wiegand User In 26 bit Standard Change Format Total Bits 26 EAAA AAAA AIII IIII IIIT III 10 ID Bits 16 Custom ID Bits 9 I ID bit C Custom ID bit O ParityBit Odd E ParityBit Even X Undefined FC Code Disable Pulse Width us 40 20 100 us Field Default Values Pulse Interval us 10000 200 20000 us Fail Code Value 0000 E Use Fail Code Wiegand Mode Set the mode of Wiegand input to use when reading card ID data Legacy or Extended The Legacy mode will treat connected RF devices as part of their host devices this is the typical function of previous versions of BioStar The Extended mode will allow RF card readers to operate independently which allows them to be associated with doors included in zones and leave logs with their own device IDs Wiegand In Out Assign the Wiegand input or output Wiegand User In The ID field of the Wiegand string is interpreted as a user ID Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine com g 7 5 Customize Settings 5 2 Wiegand Card In The ID field of the Wiegand string is interpreted as a card ID Wiegand User Out Inserts the user ID of the authenticated user in the ID field of the Wiegand string Wiegand Card Out Inserts the card ID of the authenticated user in the ID field of the Wiegand string Customize Door Settings The sections below describe the set
49. a timezone Always Disable or custom timezone in the drop down list For more information on creating a timezone please see section 3 7 1 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 19 7 5 Customize Settings SLAA Fixed Exit Time When the Auto T amp A mode is selected specify when to allow exit events by selecting a timezone Always Disable or custom timezone in the drop down list For more information on creating a timezone please see section 3 7 1 In Event Caption Set a caption for check in Out Event Caption Set a caption for check out Input tab The input tab lists input settings you have specified for an Xpass device Buttons at the bottom of the tab allow you to add modify or delete input settings To add or modify settings you must specify them from the Input Setting dialog box For more information about configuring input settings see section 3 10 3 2 Input Setting Port 50006 Input 0 Switch N o ONC Function Not Use Schedule Bawaysl Dura tion ms 0 Device Select the Xpass or Secure I O device for which you will add or modify settings Port Select an input port Input 0 Input 1 or Tamper For Secure I O devices these settings are available Input 0 Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 Switch Click the radio buttons to specify the normal position of the input switch N O normally open or N C normally closed Function S
50. a user To register a card for a user 1 M KR WN Click User in the shortcut pane In the navigation pane click a user s name In the User pane click the Card tab Select Mifare CSN or iCLASS CSN from the Card Type drop down list Click Card Management This will open the Card Management dialog box Card Management Device ID Card Information User ID Card ID Custom ID Read Card OK Cancel Select a Device ID or Smart Card Reader from the drop down list Enter a card ID either manually or by reading from the card you can also click Use User ID to insert the user s ID in these fields e To enter the data manually type the ID and facility code in the corresponding fields click OK and then skip to step 8 e To read the data from the card click Read Card the LED on the device you selected will begin flashing and then place the card on the device After the card has been read click OK Click Apply to issue the card to the user s account Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 85 3 Setup the BioStar System 3 6 4 5 Issue MIFARE or iCLASS template cards MIFARE and iCLASS template cards allow you to store user information and fingerprint templates directly on the card To register a card for a user 1 Click User in the shortcut pane In the navigation pane click a user s name In the User pane click the Card tab Select Mifare Template or iICL
51. and Access Denied Input were newly added And these input options are available only with BioStation FW 1 93v BioStation T2 FW 1 3v FaceStation FW 1 3v BioEntry Plus FW 1 6v BioEntry W FW 1 2v BioLite Net FW 1 4v and Xpass FW 1 3v Select a function for the input Not Use Generic Input Emergency Open Release All Alarms Restart Device or Disable Device Select a schedule for applying the function Always Disable or custom schedules Set the minimum duration in milliseconds an input signal must last to trigger the specified action Click OK 3 11 Setup Cameras This section describes how to add IP cameras and network video recorder NVR servers to the Biostar system Once you have properly set up the IP cameras and NVR servers you can monitor areas in real time and view event logs with still images or recorded videos BioStar supports the following IP cameras and NVR servers Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 7 15 3 Setup the BioStar System Model Name Developer AXIS PTZ 215 AXIS Internet Protocol IP Camera AXIS M3203 V AXIS SNP 3120VH Samsung Techwin Network Video Recorder NVR AXIS Camera Station AXIS server NET I Ware Samsung Techwin 3 11 1 Add an NVR Server Network video recorder NVR servers store video streams transferred from all connected cameras and allow you to view the videos when you check event logs To add an
52. at the bottom of the tab You can also apply the same settings to other devices by clicking Apply to Others Operation Mode Fingerprint Camera Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound TRA wiegand T amp Mode Manual y TA Key Caption Schedule Fixed or Not Use Relay Event Type Fi In No Time Use L R Use Not Use re Out No Time Not Use Not Use Not Use F3 Out Buty No Time Not Use Use Not Use F4 Out Duty No Time Not Use Not Use Not Use T amp A Key Function Key Fl b Event Caption C Use Relay Modify Auto Mode Schedule Delete Event Type Not Use v Delete All T amp A Mode Set the time and attendance mode Not Use Disable the time and attendance functions for this device Manual Users must press the specified key every time they enter or leave to record their T amp A events Manual Fix When a T amp A key is pressed the device will remain in that mode until a different T amp A key is pressed Auto change The device will automatically change T amp A modes to correspond with the functions specified for a time period Event Fix The device will perform only the specified T amp A function In this mode each sensor can work independently You can set an event for each sensor T amp A Key Specify which keys to use for T amp A events and the event types associated with them Function Key Select a function key from the drop down list to assign a T amp A event F1 F4 EXTO1 E
53. card on the device After the card has been read click OK 8 Click Apply to save the card to the user s account 3 6 4 3 Issue FeliCa cards To register a FeliCa card for a user 7 Click User in the shortcut pane In the navigation pane click a user s name In the User pane click the Card tab Select FeliCa from the Card Type drop down list wm KR WN Click Card Management This will open the Card Management dialog box Card Management hi O N Device ID Smart Card Reader Card Information User ID 1 Card ID 16844545 Custom ID 4178461696 en Een 6 Select a device or Smart Card Reader from the Device ID drop down list Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 84 3 Setup the BioStar System 8 Enter a card ID and custom ID either manually or by reading from the card you can also click Use User ID to insert the user s ID in these fields e To enter the data manually type the card ID and custom ID in the corresponding fields click OK and then skip to step 8 e To read the data from the card click Read Card the LED on the device you selected will begin flashing and then place the card on the device After the card has been read click OK Click Apply to save the card to the user s account 3 6 4 4 Issue MIFARE or iCLASS CSN cards MIFARE and iCLASS CSN cards work much like EM4100 and HID cards in that they store an uneditable card serial number CSN for
54. detection feature Network Use this tab to specify settings for LAN or serial connections Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 54 3 Setup the BioStar System e Access Control Use this tab to specify entrance limits and default access groups for an individual device Input Use this tab to add modify or delete input settings for the device e Output Use this tab to add modify or delete output settings for the device Black List Use this tab to block access through a particular card e g a card which has been stolen or used by a former employee You can use this feature only when the card mode of the device is set to Template on Card Adding a user ID or card ID denies access from the users with the matching ID or card Display Sound Use this tab to adjust display or sound settings and add background images and sounds e T amp A Use this tab to configure time and attendance settings e Wiegand Use this tab to configure the Wiegand format For more information about Wiegand formats see section 3 2 133 When you are finished configuring the device click Apply to save your changes 5 To apply the same settings to other devices click Apply to Others and select other devices from the Device Tree dialog box 3 2 11 Configure a BioStation T2 Device To configure a BioStation T2 device 1 Click Device in the shortcut pane 2 Double click a device name in the navigation pane This will
55. door and then click Remove Door Repeat steps 7 10 as necessary to add additional doors When you are finished adding doors click Apply Note To remove all doors from the plan and start over click Reset 4 3 2 Monitor Doors on a Visual Map In the monitor mode you can view the status and activities for each door on the visually enhanced map Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 179 4 Manage the BioStar System To monitor doors 7 In the task pane click Monitor Visual Map Monitor Mode will appear in the title bar of the Visual Map window Visual Map Monitor Mode Basic Information Name Suprema Description rm v Forced Open Ala tS s Room 102 Door Opened Room 103 Room 104 Room 105 i r hal gt 2 Monitor door status and activities on the visual map as represented by the following icons Door activities such as successful authentication or alarms will appear on the door icons Icon Activity i Door is closed Door alarm is clear Successful authentication while door is closed eB Successful authentication while door is open Failed authentication while door is closed B Failed authentication while door is open om Held or forced open door Held or forced open door alarm Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 730 4 Manage the
56. group by creating a tree hierarchy of named groups and assigning devices into one of the groups Groups are created by right clicking on the desired poision in the device tree and selecting Add Group You can drag and drop devices between different locations of groups Groups can be nested four levels deep and a pair of host slave devices moves together 3 2 2 Search for and Add Slave Devices A distinctive feature of BioStar is that it supports host and slave devices in RS485 networks With this feature only the host device must be connected to a PC via the LAN The network can then be easily expanded by adding slave devices via RS485 connections This feature also allows for controlling elevator lift access with Xpass and Xpass Slim devices that are connected to LIFT I O devices If your configuration includes slave devices you must perform an additional search to locate and add those devices First configure the host device 7 Search for and add the host device as described in section 3 2 1 2 Click Device in the shortcut pane Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 4 7 3 Setup the BioStar System A MW KR WwW In the navigation pane click the host device In the device pane click the Network tab Change the RS485 serial setting by selecting Host from the Mode drop down list Click Apply to save the change Next search for and add slave devices 1 o DB ND VY KR WN In the navigation p
57. instead of the device When this mode is enabled the device will send card ID to the server to verify a match This mode is useful when you have more users than can be downloaded to a device or user information cannot be distributed due to security concerns Auth Timeout Set the length of time before the device will timeout when trying to identify an ID match 5 70 15 20 or 30 sec Detect Face Set the device to capture a face image Upon successful authentication the captured image is stored in the event log and can be used later for verification purposes Mifare Not use Mifare Check this box to disable MIFARE card authorization Use Data Card Check this box to use the template on the MIFARE card for authorization View Mifare Layout Click this button to view the MIFARE layout used by the device For more information about configuring MIFARE layouts please see section 3 6 4 7 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web sienenisitiiinnaeiatae 5 Customize Settings Card ID Format Format Type Set the type of pre processing to occur on card ID data Normal or Wiegand If Normal is selected the card ID data will be processed in its original form If Wiegand is selected devices will interpret card ID data according to the Wiegand format settings Byte Order Specify whether to swap ID card data between cards and devices by most significant byte MSB or least significant byte LS
58. mes A New Department Date ID User Name Department Shift Daily Sched First In Ti Last Out Result First In Last Out BreakTime WorkTime o ie on 2013 08 19 2013 James Creek BSS Regular Shift Weekdays 09 42 16 40 Late In Ea 0 00 6 95 2 51 2013 08 30 2013 Lily Nash BSS Regular Shift Weekdays 08 10 11 26 Late In Ea 0 00 3 26 2013 09 16 2013 Helen Park BSS Regular Shift Weekdays 08 31 09 44 Late In Ea 0 21 1 00 2013 10 31 2012 Chen Wei BSS Regular Shift Weekdays 09 47 14 05 Late In Ea 0 05 4 25 3 Click a radio button to select a report type Daily Report A report of all activities for the specified date range sorted by date Individual Report A report of activities for the specified date range sorted by user ID Result Report A report of activities that you specify via the drop down list Edit History A report of edited entries Daily Summary A summary of activities for the specified date range sorted by date Individual Summary A summary of activities for the specified date range sorted by user ID Note In case a simple hh mm format is desired in your Daily Report and Individual Report rather than the original hh mm person or hh mm day style click Option gt TA gt Format then click Display person day 4 Specify the detail options in the Option area Display Person Day Determine whether Person Day appears with data in the report Time Format 1 0h Display times in decima
59. on activate event with a priority of 2 can be canceled only by an alarm off deactivate event with a priority of 1 or 2 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web anousuoremainc com LO S 5 Customize Settings Alarm Off Event Specify settings and click Add to add the event to the Alarm Off Event list These events will deactivate an alarm Event Select an event that will deactivate an alarm Auth Success Auth Fail Anti passback Fail Access Not Granted Entrance Limited Admin Auth Success Tamper On Door Opened Door Close Forced Open Door Held Open Door or Detect Input 1 3 Device Select the device to monitor for an alarm event Priority Set a priority for the event Only an event with an equal or higher priority 1 is the highest can override a previous event For example a priority 2 alarm on event activate can be overridden only by an alarm off deactivate event with a priority of 1 or 2 5 1 9 9 Display Sound tab The Display Sound tab allows you to customize the FaceStation display and event sounds To save changes to display or sound settings you must click Apply at the bottom of the tab You can also apply the same settings to other devices by clicking Apply to Others Operation Mode Face Camera Network Access Control Interphone Input Output Display Saund T amp A Wiegand Display Sound Language we Background Backlight Timeout Bosc 0 Msg Timeout Theme Theme O
60. or iCLASS site key 7 From the menu bar click Option gt Mifare Card or iCLASS Card gt Mifare Sitekey or iCLASS Sitekey This will open the Mifare Sitekey or iCLASS Sitekey dialog box Mifare SiteKey New Primary Key Retype Primary Key Secondary Key Cx Ce Enter a new primary key in the New Primary Key field 3 Enter the key again in the Retype Primary Key field 4 Click the Use radio button to activate the secondary key function This allows cards with the old site key to be read and rewritten with the new key a Enter the old site key in the New Secondary Key field b Enter the old site key again in the Retype Secondary Key field 5 When you are finished editing the site key click OK Note When all cards have been rewritten with the new site key Suprema advises disabling the secondary key function to prevent old cards from being used for access 3 6 4 7 Edit the MIFARE layout BioStar allows you to customize the layout that is used to record user information and fingerprint templates This layout will be applied to all new MIFARE cards issued with the devices you specify BioStation Mifare BioEntry Plus Mifare BioEntry W Mifare BioLite Net D Station or FaceStation devices MIFARE 1K cards are organized into 16 sectors with 4 blocks of 16 bytes each MIFARE 4K cards are organized into 32 sectors with 4 blocks and 8 sectors with 16 blocks The following constraints apply to the MIFARE layout The first
61. or other parameters for a zone Alarm Specify alarm actions and outputs Access Group Apply access groups to a zone not available for fire alarm zones Event View events associated with a zone Sel Add a zone To add a new zone 1 Click Doors in the shortcut pane In the navigation pane right click Zone Click Add Zone Type a name for the zone in the Name field M AMN Select a zone type from the drop down list see section 3 5 1 for zone descriptions 6 Press OK The Zone pane will appear on the right side of the screen Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 0 3 Setup the BioStar System 3 5 2 2 Adda device to a zone To implement the protocols of a zone you must associate devices with the zone The Details tab in the Zone pane contains a Device List that shows each device associated with a zone see below Wi Device List No Devices Attribute To add a device to a zone 1 Click Doors in the shortcut pane 2 Inthe navigation pane click the name of a zone 3 Inthe Zone tab at the bottom of the Device List click Add Device This will open the Add Device dialog box Add Device Select Device below Tree OTA Device 1051 61 83 152 177 CI 50002 61 83 152 175 4 Select a device or multiple devices from the list and click gt e Anti passback zones When the Select Zone Attribute pop up appears select an attribute from the drop down list In Device or
62. regain entry to an area via the device Once a user has gained entry the device will reject the user s ID access card or fingerprint authorization for the time period specified here Option 1 4 Click the checkbox to enable an entrance limit setting and then specify the effective hours for the entrance limit Max Number of Entrance Set the maximum number of entries allowed during the specified time limit Default Group Setting Select a default access group to be applied to new users who have not been assigned to another access group 5 1 9 6 Interphone tab The Interphone tab allows you to set the device to act as an interphone to allow communication between people on either side of the door Operation Mode Face Camera Network Access Control Interphone Input Output Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Interphone Videophone Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web siceensisitaiiniscnne ial D4 5 Customize Settings Type Select one of the following options Aanlogue Interphone Choose this option to enable the analogue interphone IP interphone Choose this option to enable the VolP feature A telephone is required BioStar Videophone Choose this option to enable the videophone feature that supports both video and voice calls The supplied PC software is required The BioStar vidoephone works only with the device firmware version of FaceStation V1 0 or later When you s
63. sec If a user does not place a finger on the device within the timeout period the authorization will fail Server Matching Enable this setting to perform fingerprint or card ID matching at the BioStar server instead of the device When this mode is enabled the devices will send the fingerprint template or card ID to the server to verify a match This mode is useful when you have more users than can be downloaded to a device or user information cannot be distributed due to security concerns 1 N Fast Mode Set the device to use Fast Mode to reduce the amount of time required for matching fingerprints Auto Normal Fast or Fastest Setting Fast Mode to Auto will adjust the matching speed according to the number of enrolled templates Matching Timeout Set the length of time before the device will timeout when trying to identify a fingerprint match 0 Infinite to 10 sec Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 165 5 Customize Settings 5 1 2 3 Check Fake Finger Set the device to detect the use of fake fingerprints such as those made from silicon or rubber and prevent unauthorized access Network tab The Network tab allows you to customize network and server settings for BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W devices Operation Mode Fingerprint Access Control Input Output Black List Command Card Display Sound T amp A Wiegand TCP IP Setting IP IP Address Subnet Server IP
64. sector block 0 through block 3 is reserved and cannot be used for other data Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 8 3 Setup the BioStar System The last block of each sector blocks 3 7 11 and so on is reserved for site key information The card information sector CIS occupies three contiguous blocks and should start at the first available block of a sector blocks 4 8 12 and so on There should be no overlap between each template s data To edit the MIFARE layout 1 4 From the menu bar click Option gt Mifare Card gt Mifare Layout This will open the Mifare Layout dialog box Mifare Layout Card Layout CIS Index Block Number of Template Template Size 334 Template 1 Start Block Template2 Start Block 36 Template3 Start Block Template4 Start Block 0 ooe Coa Use the drop down lists and input fields to configure the following parameters of the MIFARE layout e CIS Index Block Select the block index to use for header information 4 8 12 or 16 e Number of Templates Select the number of templates to include in the layout 0 to 4 e Template Size Select the number of bytes to use in the template The default size is 334 bytes e Template 1 4 Start Block Enter the starting block for each fingerprint template To use the custom layout click Apply to Devices and select the appropriate device numbers from the Device Tree dialog box
65. settings Port Select an input port Input 0 Input 1 or Tamper For Secure I O devices the following options are available Input 0 Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 Switch Click the radio buttons to specify the normal position of the input switch N O normally open or N C normally closed Function Select an action to associate with the input Not Use The input port will not be monitored Generic Input The input port will be monitored for a triggering action events specified with Detect Input 1 3 in the Output Setting dialog box see section 5 1 5 5 Emergency Open Open doors controlled by this device The normal door open period will be ignored and doors will remain open until an operator sends a Close Door command via the Door Zone Monitoring tab see section 4 4 1 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine com 2002 5 Customize Settings Release All Alarms Cancel alarms associated with this device Restart Device Restart the device Disable Device Disable the device A disabled device will not communicate with the BioStar server or process fingerprints or card inputs To enable communication again an administrator must enter the master password for a BioStation device or provide authentication locally for a BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W device Schedule Set the schedule for the input actions Always Disable or custom schedule Duration ms Set the
66. signals to external alarm sirens displaying warnings in the BioStar user interface and sending e mail notifications not available in the free version In addition administrators or operators can remotely lock and unlock doors or reset alarms For more information about door management see sections 3 3 4 3 and 4 4 For more information about elevator management see section 3 4 1 2 6 Zone Management The BioStar system gives administrators complete control of various zones not available in the free version Zones can be created with devices connected via Ethernet or RS485 and can include a master device and up to 65 member devices In addition individual devices can be included in up to four zones BioStar supports zones for increased access control such as anti passback and entrance limit zones as well as zones that provide control for alarm or fire alarm outputs and actions BioStar also allows administrators to synchronize time event logs and user data for all devices in a specified zone For more information about zone management see section 3 5 1 2 7 Time and Attendance BioStar versions 1 2 and higher include time and attendance features to allow administrators to define time categories shifts daily schedules and holiday settings The T amp A capabilities of BioStar can be used to enforce compliance with check in and check out procedures restrict access to off duty personnel and report attendance data BioStar
67. size n MySQL server locate and open a configuration file for the MySQL server my ini for a Windows system or my cnt for a Linux system Under mysqld add or edit the packet size to 16M or bigger for example max_allowed_packet 16M After you have changed and saved the file restart the BioStar Server for the changes to take effect 2 3 2 Configure the BioStar Server In some cases you may require manual configuration of the BioStar server If you are having trouble connecting to the server from the client application for example you may need to alter your server settings In addition you must stop and restart the server application to apply any changes you have made to server configurations or database settings Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web ee Le Install the BioStar Software On desktop click BioStar Server Config to start BioStar Server setting program Or in Windows Start gt All programs gt BioStar 1 8 gt Server Service gt BioStar Server Config Server matching When matching servers system is supported to be improved according to numbers of the system CPU cores as matcher features have been enhanced So the more core numbers it is able to expect the faster matching speed Server matching item of BioStar Server Config supports the settings as belows Number of Core shows the numbers of cores to be used by matcher and default is 2 Stopped Connection aa pz mac TCP Por
68. tab allows you to customize time and various operation modes settings for Xpass Slim devices E Network Access Control Input Output Command Cand Display Sound magand spass Sins Time _ Sync with Hos PE Time Date izimi We Time 12 30 49 PM Operation Mode Cand Ony Akese Double Mode Server Plstching Mifare Cand ID Format Format Type Normal sa Byte Order HSE wa Bit rder e sa Xpass Slim Time Date Manually set the device date with a drop down calendar Time Manually set the device time Sync with Host PC Time Check this box to get the time of the Icoal PC which BioStar client program is installed on The time will be displayed in the Date and Time spin boxes right below this option and you can set the device s time to match this time by clicking Set Time Get Time Get the current time displayed by the device Set Time Set the time on the device Operation Mode For each of the following options click the corresponding checkbox to enable Double Verification Mode which requires verification of two users credentials to gain entry to a door Card Only Set the device to require only card authorization Always Disable or custom schedule Server Matching Enable this setting to perform card ID matching at the BioStar server instead of the device When this mode is enabled the device will send card ID to the server to verify a match This mode is useful when y
69. the device Gateway Specify a network gateway Max Conn Specify the maximum number of connections to allow j Server Use Click this radio button to enable the server mode Not use Click this radio button do disable server settings IP Address Specify an IP address for the BioStar server Server Port Specify the port used to connect to the server Time sync with Server Check this box to synchronize the device time with the server The device polls for a time change on the server every one hour and its time will be synchronized with the server when the device s time and the server s time differ by more than 5 seconds RS485 Network Mode Set the mode for a device connected via RS485 Disable Host or Slave For more information about RS485 modes please see sections 3 2 1 and 3 2 2 RS485 Baudrate Set the baud rate for a device connected via RS485 9600 to 115200 RS232 Baudrate Set the baud rate for a device connected via RS232 9600 to 115200 USB Click the radio buttons to enable or disable the USB port on the BioStation T2 device USB Memory Click the radio buttons to enable or disable the USB memory on the BioStation T2 device Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremain com 203 9 5 Customize Settings 5 1 8 5 Access Control tab The Access Control tab allows you to customize entrance limit settings and default access groups
70. they leave the office early Wiegand tab The Wiegand tab allows you to configure the Wiegand format for a D Station device Click Change Format to launch the Wiegand Configuration wizard For more information on configuring the Wiegand format see section 3 2 13 Operation Mode Fingerprint Camera Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Wiegand Mode Legacy v Wiegand In Out Wiegand User In v Wiegand Format Format 26 bit Standard EAAA AAAA AIII IIII III IIII I10 Total Bits 26 ID Bits 16 I IDbit O ParityBit Odd E ParityBit Even 4 B Fields FC Code Disable Pulse Width us 40 Field Default Values Pulse Intervalfus 10000 Wiegand Mode Set the mode of Wiegand input to use when reading card ID data Legacy or Extended The Legacy mode will treat connected RF devices as part of their host devices this is the typical function of previous versions of BioStar The Extended mode will allow RF card readers to Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine com 222 5 Customize Settings operate independently which allows them to be associated with doors included in zones and leave logs with their own device IDs Wiegand In Out Assign the Wiegand input or output Wiegand User In The ID field of the Wiegand string is interpreted as a user ID Wiegand Card In The ID field of the Wiegand string is interpret
71. time before the display will return to the idle screen Backlight Timeout Set the length of time before the display goes dim Theme set a display theme Use Voice Set the device to notify you with voice messages Disable or Enable Resource File Set the language resource file to use for the BioStar interface No Change English Korean or Custom To use a language resource file other than English or Korean select Custom and then click the ellipsis button to locate the resource file Background Set the type of background for the BioStation T2 display Logo Notice or Slide Show Supported file types JPG GIF BMP PNG and PDF cannot exceed 480x800 pixels each Only one image at a Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web nousuremainc com 4O 5 Customize Settings time can be used as a logo or notice while up to 16 images can be displayed at a set interval in a slide show Volume Set the volume of the BioStation device 0 to 100 Msg Timeout Set the length of time that a failure or confirmation message will be displayed Clock Display Set to display the current time on the device Enable or Disable Background Image Click this checkbox to upload new background images Click the plus sign to locate and add a new image file Type Set the type of background for the BioStation display Logo or Notice Supported file types JPG GIF BMP PNG and PDF cannot exceed 480x80
72. to the list see section 3 10 1 2 Device Sound Activate and select a sound to be emitted by devices connected to the door Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine com 200 5 Customize Settings Send Email Activate and setup emails to be sent by the system For more information about sending alert emails see section 3 10 2 Output Device Activate and select a device to output an alarm signal Output Port Select an output port to use when sending the alarm signal Output Signal Select an output signal to send 5 3 2 3 Access Group tab The Access Group tab allows you to specify access groups that can bypass normal restrictions for the zone To grant bypass rights to an access group select a group and click Apply at the bottom right of the Zone pane Details Alarm Access Group Event w Select Bypass Group iL Access Group Full Access No access d d Shift 1 5 3 3 Customize Settings for Alarm Zones The sections below describe the settings available for alarm zones Customize the way the zone functions by changing these settings to suit your particular environment and operational needs 5 3 3 1 Details tab The Details tab allows you to specify alarm delays and arm disarm types for alarm Zones Delay sec Arm Disarm Arm Disarm Type Setup External Input Output Setup Wh Device List No Devices Attribute Arm Disarm Type 1 40051 6163 152 174 Master Device
73. version A typical configuration consists of numerous access control devices connected to a central server via Ethernet WLAN and or RS485 BioStar is compatible with MS SQL Server and MySQL databases Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 13 1 About the BioStar System Overall the system supports a maximum of 512 doors and 512 devices 20 doors and devices in the free version Networked devices can be easily grouped together to create various combinations of anti passback or alarm zones as illustrated by the graphic that follows Slave Secure I O Slave Slave Secure 70 Slave Slave Slave Secure I O Zone Zone 1 2 Access Control Features The BioStar system goes a step beyond conventional access control systems by combining unique biometric identification with configurable access card capabilities 1 2 1 User Authentication Suprema s access control devices incorporate advanced award winning fingerprint recognition algorithms to provide secure access control When used with the numerical keypads on BioStation terminals or the face detection features of the D Station X Station BioStation T2 and FaceStation devices the system allows for a wide variety of user authentication modes e Fingerprint or access card either a fingerprint scan or access card may be used to gain entry e Fingerprint access card both fingerprint scan and access card are required for access e User ID f
74. will not be allowed to view or modify other users or devices While you are creating a custom administrator level in the User menu you can grant privileges for users in a department and its sub departments However ensure that you do not select individual users but rather the first level or second level departments they belong to In the Device menu you can grant privileges for specific devices If a device has a Slave device connected the privileges for the host device will also apply to the slave device Users and devices that are not selected in the User and Device menus will not appear in the Doors Visual Map Access Control Monitoring and Time and Attendance menus If a door or zone is associated with devices that are not granted privileges the door or zone will not appear in the Door menu To create a custom administrator level 7 From the menu bar click Administrator gt Admin Account to open the Admin Account List dialog box Click Custom Level Setting 3 From the Custom Level List dialog box click Add Custom Level This will open the Add Modify Custom Level dialog box Add Modify Custom Level save i Cancel f item l Delete 11936 192 168 100 Deeteal 23044 192 168 100 Saes tO Select Menu for Custom Level User Menu Permissior 3 O vse 3 LI ane Select authorization to access the selected Menu v Al Rights Modify Read Copyright 2014 Suprema In
75. you can set the device s time to match this time by clicking Set Time Get Time Get the current time displayed by the device Set Time Set the time on the device 1 1 Operation Mode The drop down lists in this area allow you to control the authentication mode by schedule For example you can choose a normal authentication mode for working hours and a more strict authentication mode for hours outside the normal schedule You can specify authentication modes either by device or by user see section 5 4 1 Unless a particular mode is specified for a user the device authentication mode will apply Card Only Set the device to require only card authorization No Time First Shift or Always ID Card Password Set the device to require ID or card plus password authorization No Time First Shift or Always Private Auth Set the device to allow a private authorization method Disable or Enable If enabled the authentication mode of the user will be determined by a user s Authorization setting which is located on the Details tab If disabled the authentication mode will be determined by operation mode settings of the device Double Mode Set the device to require authentication of two users access cards or fingerprints Always or No Time The timeout for presenting the second authentication is 15 seconds Server Matching Enable this setting to perform card ID matching at the BioStar server
76. you double click the video icon a video playback window will appear that is similar to the one below ENYA Samsungtechwin 192 168 0 12 4520 1CH O1 21111 192 168 0 62 SHS Shs loe 168 16 sS0S wanill PAHS 1D 00 1 00 00 01 0J 00 01 03 2011 06 09 13 32 46 Oo Coupled with the face detection features of D Station X Station BioStation T2 or FaceStation administrators can verify users identity by clicking Show Image to view the user s stored face image and Auto Image Reflect to view the most recent face image captured by the local device Clicking Show Image also opens a window at the bottom where the user image will be displayed Click Real Size to view the full sized 640 x 480 stored image instead of a thumbnail version and click Show Popup to open the image in a new window that can be repositioned on the screen Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 177 4 Manage the BioStar System To see a users photos upon successful authentication events click Option gt Event gt Profile Image Setting in the menu bar select event types and then click the checkbox next to Show Image Profile The user s image will appear on the realtime monitoring tab when he or she successfully completes one of the authentication events specified in the Profile Image Setting dialog box As of BioStar V1 3 administrators can monitor users locations and authentication status via a Roll Cal
77. 0 pixels for Notices and 480x800 pixels for Logos Only one image at a time can be used as a logo or notice Sound Click this checkbox to enable and add custom event sounds Click an event from the list and then click the plus sign to locate and add a new sound file Click Add to add new sound files Delete to remove sound files or Play to preview a selected sound file 5 1 8 11 T amp A tab The T amp A tab allows you to configure the mode and key settings for a BioStation T2 device To save changes to time and attendance settings you must click Apply at the bottom of the tab You can also apply the same settings to other devices by clicking Apply to Others Operation Mode Fingerprint Camera Network Access Control Interphone Input Output Black List Display Sound Wiegand T amp A Mode Manual X TA Key Caption Schedule Fixed or Not Use Relay Event Type Fi In No Time Use Use Not Use F2 Out No Time Not Use Not Use Not Use F3 In Duty No Time Not Use Use Not Use F4 Out Duty No Time Not Use Not Use Not Use T amp AKey p Add Function Key F1 X Fixed Event Event Caption Use Relay Modify Auto Mode Schedule Delete Event Type Not Use v Delete All e orn e e eve e Add work time afte mis event T amp A Mode Set the time and attendance mode Not Use Disable the time and attendance functions for this device Manual Users must press the specified key every time they enter o
78. 2 BioStation T2 Ww Event List Timezone Event Auth Mode Error No Time Identify Fail Identify Success Verify Success Card and Finger and PIN Verify Success Card and PIN Verify Success Card Only Verify Success ID and Finger In the Basic Information section enter a name type model IP address and port number for the IP camera and enter a user name and password for the BioStar to acess the IP camera In the Details tab click Add at the bottom right of the Device List section to open the Device Tree dialog box Device Tree a gp Device 112 192 168 0 44 42329 192 168 0 28 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 1 19 8 3 Setup the BioStar System Select a device to associate the IP camera with and click OK Click Add at the bottom right of the Event List section and select an event that will trigger the IP camera to send a captured still image to the BioStar system Click Apply at the bottom right to apply the changes to the BioStar system 3 11 3 Configure an IP Camera BioStar can control the movement of pan tilt zoom PTZ cameras When you use an IP camera that supports the PTZ feature you can aim it at a spot you want to surveil To control the movement of a PTZ camera 1 2 3 4 Click Device in the shortcut pane Click a PTZ camera in the navigation pane In the Camera Setup Mode pane click the Setup tab
79. 2 User Management BioStar supports both manual and automatic modes for user management Manual synchronization is available for enrolling different subsets of users to particular devices or when the total number of users in the BioStar database exceeds the limits of a BioStation BioEntry Plus BioEntry W BioLite Net Xpass Xpass Slim D Station X Station BioStation T2 or FaceStation device Automatic synchronization is available when managing user records at the device is not required or desired BioStar collects log records from devices and allows the data to be exported to a delimited text file CSV for custom reporting The software supports an unlimited number of user records the maximum amount of data stored is subject only to the capabilities of the underlying database and hardware configuration For more information about user management see sections 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 5 and 4 6 1 2 3 Access Group Management BioStar allows administrators to build custom access groups by combining permissions for timezones and doors With this capability BioStar provides customizable scheduled access control BioStar supports up to 128 timezones that consist of a seven day schedule plus two holiday schedules Each day in a timezone can include as many as five distinct time periods In total BioStar supports up to 128 access groups that can be transferred to all connected devices For more information about access groups see section
80. 41 v 1 1 Security Level Device Default v A NA 1st Finger 2nd Finger 3rd Finger 4th Finger Sth Finger e Enroll Device Select a device to use for scanning fingerprints e 1 1 Security Level Select a security level to use for fingerprint authorization Device Default and Lowest 1 1 000 to Highest 1 10 000 000 Keep in mind that as the security level is increased so too is the likelihood of a false rejection e Duress set a fingerprint template to be used as a duress finger the duress finger will activate alarms when used to gain entry 5 4 3 Face Tab The Face tab allows you to specify a FaceStation device to use for storing face templates of users When you sucessfully capture faces up to 5 per user the FaceStation device transfers 25 face templates to the BioStar During authentication any face template that receives a higher score than one of the registered face templates will replace the old one For more information about capturing face images see section 3 6 3 _ Details Fingerprints Face Face Fusion Card Access Control T amp A Event Enroll Device 10677 192 168 0 2 v Face Template 1 2 3 4 5 Tce E as istrace iA eee V aore Y wd Face 21 Add Delete Apply e Enroll Device Select a device to use for capturing face images Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine coma O 5 Customize Settings 5 4 4 Face F
81. 46 2111 21111192 16 Door Relay On 0 a 4 2011 06 09 13 32 48 2111 21111 192 16 Verify Success Card Only In 2149100032 2149100032 a 2011 06 09 13 32 48 2111 21111 192 16 Door Relay On 0 4 5 2011 06 09 13 33 0 2 192 16 Verify Success Card Only In 49100032 49100032 amp 2011 06 09 13 33 01 21111 21111119216 Door Relay On 0 User ID 2149100032 CI Real Size CI Show Popup Name 2149100032 Date 2011 06 09 13 33 01 Device 21111 192 168 0 62 Event Verify Success Card Only TA Event In Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 121 4 Manage the BioStar System e This tab shows all events that have occurred since you last logged into the system The tab shows the current monitoring status Monitoring Started or Monitoring Paused and includes buttons for starting play or stopping pause real time monitoring The sound bar icon on the right shows whether an alarm sound is currently playing green bars or not grey bars To stop an alarm sound click the sound bars icon e BioStar displays the following camera icons at the front of the event logs Icon Description zi The event log includes a still image Click the event log to view the C image 5 The event log includes a video Double click the event log to view the video When both camera icons are displayed single click the icon to view the still image and double click the icon to view the recorded video When
82. 5 Customize Settings Matching Timeout Set the length of time before the device will timeout when trying to identify a fingerprint match within the device itself or via the server 3 7 10 15 20 30 sec Mifare Not use Mifare Check this box to disable MIFARE card authorization Use Template on Card Not available with FaceSation devices View Mifare Layout Not available with FaceSation devices Card ID Format Format Type Set the type of pre processing to occur on card ID data Normal or Wiegand If Normal is selected the card ID data will be processed in its original form If Wiegand is selected devices will interpret card ID data according to the Wiegand format settings Byte Order Specify whether to swap ID card data between cards and devices by most significant byte MSB or least significant byte LSB Bit Order Specify whether to swap ID card data between cards and devices by most significant bit MSB or least significant bit LSB 5 1 9 2 Face tab The Face tab allows you to customize face recognition settings for FaceStation devices Operation Mode Face Camera Network Access Control Interphone Input Output Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Face Security Level Normal T Enroll Sensitivity 4 T Use Template Image Yes hi Security Level Set the security level to use for face recognition Normal Secure or Most Secure Keep in mind that as the
83. 7 Customize Settings for X Station D VICES c ccccccccseeeeeseeeeesaeeeeeeaaees 221 5 1 8 Customize Settings for BioStation T2 DeVICES ccseceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeees 232 5 1 9 Customize Settings for FaceStation Devices cccccseeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeseaaeees 248 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com V BioStar 1 8 Administrator Guide 5 2 Customize Door SettinGS ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeesaaeeeeaeeeeesaees 262 521 Details TAD ven cuisnccnancrcascantnsnonanssiamuanbennen cavabanriauewienciaahnnsaameuconsianmnonanbenaed 262 eZ PUMA aerate E E EE 264 5 3 Customize ZONE SettiNGS ccesececesseeeeeseeeneneeeeeaneeesaeneseaeeeeeanerenas 265 5 3 1 Customize Settings for Anti Passback ZONGS cccccseeeeesseeeeeeeseeeeaeeees 265 5 3 2 Customize Settings for Entrance Limit ZONES cccseeceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 267 5 3 3 Customize Settings for Alarm ZONES ccccccceeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeens 269 5 3 4 Customize Settings for Fire Alarm ZONnGS cccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 271 5 3 5 Customize Settings for ACCESS ZONES cccceececceeeeeceeeeeeseuseesaseeesaaeees 273 5 3 6 Customize Settings for Muster ZONGS ccccccseeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeaaeees 274 5 3 7 Customize Settings for Interlock ZONES ccccseeeeecseeeeeseeeeeeaeeeeesaaeees 276 SA CUGLOMIZe USE r SEUNG 5 cyetsecones denn encuseeveses ceacenaecndaveneudacasaan
84. 9 3 10 2 Configure email notifications cecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeesaeeeeeeeneaeeeeeeas 111 3 10 3 Configure Settings for External DeVICES cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 113 Oe Se OUD CAC aS a E E 115 3 11 1 Add an NVR Server ccecsivcasscosesisnancwcriaanensaceapaunssatoresdaemaaivenietweudseenauvensanne 116 SE Ada E e E E 118 3 11 3 Configure an IP Camera cccccccccceseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesegeeeessaneeeeneas 120 04 Manage the BioStar System ccccseeccseeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeseees 121 4 1 Monitor Events in Real Time cccceccccssseecceseeeceeseeceeseeseseeeseeees 121 4 1 1 Monitor Muster Zones in Real Time ccccccseceeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeens 123 4 1 2 Monitor Areas with Cameras in Real TIME cccseceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeens 124 A VOW EV CINE LOO cece See tet E eden sant senwerte deeusant oeewenee cae 124 AZ A Upioad LOGS TO BioStar sactesccndetaiaiasinumtesetaonnsalenatnetainsetniaiatsaietens 125 4 2 2 View Logs in User Door and Zone Panes cccccseeeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeess 126 4 2 3 View Logs from the Monitoring Pane cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 126 4 2 4 View Access OOS a crcnesecece seen inasncnespsouct uss tesusidyueteansmamendouenecuecueed 127 4 3 Monitor Door Events via a Visual Map ccccccseeeeceeseeeeeeeeeseeeess 128 4 3 1 Create a Visual Map ccccccceccsseceeceseesseeesseeeenseeesseeeeseeeesseeen
85. ASS Template from the drop down list mu KR WN Click Card Management This will open the Card Management dialog box Card Management Device ID 50006 192 168 1 160 Smartcard Info ee 1540919660 User ID 1 UserName Bill McNeal Security Level Device Default Access Group Full Access ist Template 2nd Template 6 Select a Device ID or USB MIFARE device if connected from the drop down list 7 f desired click Bypass Card to allow the user to bypass the fingerprint authentication Click Read Card The LED on the device that you selected will begin flashing 9 Place the card on the device 10 After the card is read click OK 717 Click Apply to issue the card to the user s account Note iCLASS 2000 2002 and 2004 cards are not supported as template cards 3 6 4 6 Change the MIFARE or iCLASS site key Data encryption for MIFARE and iCLASS cards is governed by a 48 bit site key Only those cards with appropriate site keys can be read by connected devices BioStar allows you to define up to two MIFARE and iCLASS site keys primary and secondary so that you can change the site key for existing cards Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 86 3 Setup the BioStar System Note This feature is only supported for template on cards Also please note that site keys must be carefully guarded If the site key is revealed your security system can be bypassed To change the MIFARE
86. Address Oo Gateway port Not Use Server Port Support 100 Base T Serial Setting RS485 Mode Use Not Use Sean Baudrate e TCP IP Use DHCP Click this radio button to enable the dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP for the device Not Use DHCP Click this radio button to disable the dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP for this device IP Address Specify an IP address for the device Subnet Specify a subnet address for the device Gateway Specify a network gateway Port Specify a port to use for the device Server Use Click this radio button to use specific server settings Not use Click this radio button to disable server settings IP Address Specify an IP address for the BioStar server Time sync with Server Check this box to synchronize the device time with the server The device polls for a time change on the server every one hour and its time will be synchronized with the server when the device s time and the server s time differ by more than 5 seconds Support 100 Base T This option allows you to enable or disable a fast Ethernet connection for the device When enabled the device will detect the Ethernet network and automatically establish the best connection If you do not enable this option the device will attempt to establish a 10Base T Ethernet connection Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 166 5 Customi
87. B Bit Order Specify whether to swap ID card data between cards and devices by most significant bit MSB or least significant bit LSB 5 1 7 2 Camera tab The Camera tab allows you to control how the camera is used for authorization purposes In the Timezone field select a timezone for the specified event Click Add to select an event that will activate the camera Click Apply to save your settings Operation Mode Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound TRA Wiegand Camera Event Timezone Event Always verify Success First Shift No Time 5 1 7 3 Network tab The Network tab allows you to customize network and server settings for X Station devices Operation Mode Camera Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand TCP IP Setting Lan Type Ethernet A Port 1470 IP Use DHCP Not Use DHCP IP Address SLOVANY Subnet Max Conn Server O Not use Time sync with Server IP Address 168 1 106 Server Port 1480 Serial Setting R5485 Network R5485 Mode Baudrate 57600 TCP IP Setting LAN Type Select a type of LAN connection from the drop down list Disable or Ethernet Port Specify a port to use for the device gt IP Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web re P 5 Customize Settings Use DHCP Click this radio button to enable the dynamic ho
88. BioStar BioStar 1 8 Administrator Guide BioStar 1 8 Administrator Guide Suprema Warranty PONCY ssansccncsapccnanereserndeapassntunsstee eapscanduapcagadonpesncmensseandaaseegs Vil Ba cip i E E A A E T vii Copyright Notice ate ene nee eee ner nee eee en erent eens vill 01 About the BioStar System ccccecceseeeeceeeeseeeeseeeesneeeeneeeenes 9 1 1 Logical Configuratio sessin anaE Eon a S E 12 ez ACC COM Ol PCAN e deastese res 14 TT UE TTAR NCA CIO e touesuetedauneeieeencnessaceteteeane 14 1 2 2 User Management cccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee cee eeeaeeseeeeseeeeeeeeseesesaeesees 16 1 2 9 ACCESS Group Management fi caccentestees ticersunaiaceenete ssnteentesrace in 16 1 2 4 Device Management cccceceesececeeeeeenereeeneeseereeaeeeseaeeeeaeeenenerseenenaes 16 1 2 5 Door and Elevator Lift Management cccceccecseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeesaeneeesaees 17 1 2 6 Zone Management 2 ccceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee eee eeeaeeseeeeeceeeeeeeseeeeeaeesees 17 t2 meand AUendanoe csip E 17 1 2 8 IP Camera and NVR Server Management cecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesaees 17 02 Install the BioStar Software ccceccseeeeceeseeeceeeeeeteeeeeenaaees 19 Zok SV SteM REQ UIEI ICIS e EE E 19 2 2 Run the BioStar Installer cccccccccsseseecesseeceeseeeceeeeeseeseesseeeeeseneees 20 2 3 Install the BioStar Server Application ccccseseeceseeeeceeeeeeneeeeesaeeee
89. BioStar System Note Door icons will change only when door sensors have been assigned in the door settigns and detect the door status In other words door icons change only when the door actually opens or closes and not when you click Open Door or Close door For more information about door settings see section 5 2 1 3 To open or close a door click a door and then click Open Door or Close Door To change settings for a door click a door and then click Setup Door 4 The current relay status can be checked through Visual Map in Monitoring Basc Informaton Nome Sarena Descriptor ___ oe Front Door EventPort size 42 Show Event Tooltip for Selected Door Gove Door Setup Door 5 Show Event Tooltip for Selected Door option is added to indicate the details of the current door status 4 Show Event Tootap fer Selected Door Qpendoor ciosedoor Setup Doce 6 Event or door name font size can be enlarged or reduced by selecting font size in Setup Visual Map and Monitor Visual Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 13 7 4 Manage the BioStar System 4 4 Control Doors Alarms and Devices Remotely BioStar allows administrators or operators to control doors alarms and devices remotely You can open or close doors via a computer connected to the BioStar system You can also release cancel alarms remotely and lock or unlock devices 4 4 1 Open or Close Doors In some
90. BioStar server should run automatically in the background If you have not restarted the system you may be required to manually connect to the server before proceeding see section 2 3 2 When logging in to BioStar for the first time you will be prompted to create an administrator account To log in for the first time 7 Launch the BioStar program If BioStar successfully connects to the server the Add New Administrator dialog box will open In this case skip to step 6 If BioStar cannot connect to the server the Login dialog box will open and display the message Cannot connect to server E BioStar v1 62 X Cannot connect to server Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web ww supremaine com aD Install the BioStar Software 2 8 Click Server Setting This will open the Connect Server dialog box BA Connect Server 2S Enter the IP address and port number of the BioStar server Click Test to verify the connection Click Save to store the connection settings This will open the Add New Administrator dialog box Add New Administrator Admin D Password Confirm Admin Level Acris ty ator v Enter an Admin ID and password confirm the password and choose an administration level from the drop down level Click OK This will return you to the Login dialog box Enter a User ID and password and click Login 2 4 2 BioStar Interface BioStar is composed of various i
91. BioStar supports up to 128 elevators lifts 3 4 1 Add an Elevator To add an elevator 1 Click Lift in the shortcut pane 2 Inthe task pane click Add New Lift 3 Right click New Lift click Rename and type a name for the elevator 3 4 2 Associate a Device With an Elevator BioStar allows you to associate Xpass or Xpass Slim devices with a LIFT I O device to control access to elevators The LIFT I O device must be connected to the Xpass or Xpass Slim device via RS485 To associate an Xpass or Xpass Slim device with an elevator 7 Click Lifts in the shortcut pane 2 Right click an elevator name and click Add Reader 3 Select an Xpass or Xpass Slim device from the Device Tree dialog box by clicking the checkbox next to a device name 4 Click OK Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 65 3 Setup the BioStar System 3 4 3 Configure an Elevator 1 Click Lifts in the shortcut pane 2 Click the name of an elevator in the navigation pane This will open a Lifts pane similar to the one below Basic Information Name New Lift Description I0 Reader not use not use not use not use not use not use not use not use not use not use not use not use 3 Configure elevator information in the following fields e LIFT 10 Select a LIFT I O device to view and change settings e Relay Duration Relay Duration is supported in the Detail tab of Lift IO Default setting range i
92. Display Sound tab Xpass 1 0 Display Sound tab Xpass Slim 179 doors adding 55 Alarm tab 233 associating with devices 55 configuring 56 creating door groups 56 Details tab 232 opening and closing 115 Double Mode 133 182 194 205 220 D Station configuring 46 overview 11 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web mw supremaine com 203 O Index E EM4100 cards 73 email notifications 96 entrance limit setting 136 186 196 210 211 224 entrance limit zone Access Group tab 238 Alarm tab 238 Details tab 237 event logs viewing from the monitoring pane 110 111 event views changing 28 events real time monitoring 105 uploading logs to BioStar 109 viewing logs 108 viewing logs in panes 109 external devices configuring inputs 98 configuring outputs 97 F face image capture 0 FaceStation overview 11 FeliCa cards 72 Fingerprint tab BioEntry Plus 145 BioEntry W 145 BioLite Net 155 BioStation 133 BioStation T2 207 D Station 183 FaceStation 221 fingerprints activating encryption 129 changing template 130 image quality 134 183 registering 69 70 security level 134 183 207 221 sensitivity 134 183 207 221 sensor placement 68 server matching 134 146 155 184 fire alarm zone Alarm tab 241 Details tab 241 H HID proximity cards 73 holiday schedules 83 host device adding 37 iClass CSN cards 75 iClass layout
93. Enable or disable the option to show a private message on the BioStation display Disable or Enable You can add a private message from the Event tab in the User pane click Modify Private Information set options for display count and display duration enter text in the Private Message field and then click Save Resource Set the language resource file to use for the BioStar interface No Change English Korean or Custom To use a language resource file other than English or Korean select Custom and then click the ellipsis button to locate the resource file Background Set the type of background for the BioStation display Logo Notice or Slide Show Supported file types JPG GIF BMP and PNG cannot exceed 320x240 pixels each Only one image at a time can be used as a logo or notice while up to 16 images can be displayed at a set interval in a slide show Notice Click this button to create a notice that will be shown on the BioStation display After creating a notice you can click Apply to apply Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 159 5 Customize Settings the notice to the current device or Apply to Others to apply the notice to additional devices Volume Set the volume of the BioStation device 70 to 100 Msg Timeout Set the length of time that a failure or confirmation message will be displayed Background Image Click this checkbox to upload new background images Cl
94. Find User Print Ctrl F Reset Toolbar To customize the toolbar 1 Click the drop down arrow at the right of the toolbar 2 Click Add or Remove Buttons gt Customize This will open the Customize dialog box 3 Click the Commands tab 4 Click All Commands to display a list of available buttons Cu sto mize To add a command to a toolbar select a category and drag the command out of this dialog box to a toolbar Event View Status Bar Show Expand Button Allow Free Resize 5 Drag a command to the toolbar This will add a new button for the command Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 37 Install the BioStar Software 2 6 2 5 3 Change Event Views BioStar allows you to change the default period of events to show in the Event tab for users or doors and zones You can set the interface to show event details for 1 day 3 days or 1 week by default To change the event view 7 From the menu bar click View gt Event View 2 Click type of event view to change User or Doors Zone 3 Click a default event period 7 day 3 day or 7 day Migrate a Database from BioAdmin to BioStar The BioStar installation program includes a database migration tool called BADB Conv This tool allows you to migrate an existing BioAdmin database to your new BioStar system When migrating a database any identical information that exists in the BioStar database wi
95. HCP IP Address 61 83 152 190 Gateway 61 83 152 129 Subnet 255 255 255 128 Max Conn 4 Server Use Not use IP Address Server Pot 1480 SSL Serial Setting RS485 Mode Host v Baudrate 115200 ry RS232 USB Setting Baudrate 115200 v O Enable USB port Disable USB port TCP IP Setting LAN Type Select a type of LAN connection from the drop down list Disable Ethernet or Wireless LAN Port Specify a port to use for the device WLAN Select a preset WLAN configuration from the drop down list This option is active only when WLAN is selected as the TCP IP setting Change setting Click to specify settings for a wireless local area network WLAN This option is active only when WLAN is selected as the TCP IP setting For more information about configuring settings for a WLAN please see section 3 2 4 Use DHCP Click this radio button to enable the dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP for the device Not Use DHCP Click this radio button to disable the dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP for this device IP Address Specify an IP address for the device Subnet Specify a subnet address for the device Gateway Specify a network gateway Max Conn Specify the maximum number of connections to allow Server Use Click this radio button to enable the server mode Not use Click this radio button to disable server settings
96. However Suprema recommends the following hardware configuration for optimal performance e CPU Intel Pentium Dual Core or similar processor capable of processing speeds of 2GHz or faster e RAM 1GB for Windows XP 2GB for other operating systems e HDD 10GB Run the BioStar Installer You should run the BioStar installer when you desire to install both the server and client applications on the same PC and are willing to use the MS SQL Server Express database with default settings You will be required to intervene in the express installation process only when MS SQL Server or a variation is already installed In this case you will be asked whether or not you wish to install MS SQL Server Express If you choose not to install the express version you will be required to provide the correct authentication details as described in step 7 of section 2 3 i Attention If you have installed a previous installation on the machine with BioStar installer remove the old version before runninng the BioStar Installer The installer will install the following components e BioStar server application e Auxiliary libraries OpenSSL and Microsoft Visual C Redistributable e MS SQL Server Express e BioStar client application e BADB Conv database migration tool Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web ww supremaine com f Before you run the BioStar installer close all other open applications If you have previously installed BioAd
97. I O devices these settings are available nput 0 Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 Switch Click the radio buttons to specify the normal position of the input switch N O normally open or N C normally closed Function Select an action to associate with the input Not Use The input port will not be monitored Generic Input The input port will be monitored for a triggering action For the events specified with Detect Input 0 3 in the Output Setting dialog box please see section 5 1 1 6 Emergency Open Open doors controlled by this device The normal door open period will be ignored and doors will remain open until an operator sends a Close Door command via the Door Zone Monitoring tab see section 4 4 1 Release All Alarms Cancel alarms associated with this device Restart Device Restart the device Disable Device Disable the device A disabled device will not communicate with the BioStar server or process fingerprints or card inputs To enable communication again an administrator must enter the master password for a BioStation device or provide authentication locally for a BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W device With BioStar 1 8v LED Green Input LED Red Input Buzzer Input Access Granted Input and Access Denied Input were newly added And these input options are available only with BioStation FW 1 93v BioStation T2 FW 1 3v FaceStation FW 1 3v BioEntry Plus FW 1 6v BioEntry W FW 1 2v BioLite Ne
98. Level Set the security level to use for fingerprint authorization Normal Secure or Most Secure Keep in mind that as the security level is increased so too is the likelihood of a false rejection Image Quality Set the strictness of the quality check for fingerprint scans Weak Normal or Strict If a fingerprint image is below the specified quality level it will be rejected Sensitivity Set the sensitivity of the fingerprint scanner 0 Min to 7 Max A higher sensitivity setting will result in more easily captured fingerprint scans but also increases the sensitivity to external noise 1 N Delay Set the delay between scans when identifying fingerprints 0 sec to 10 sec This delay prevents the scanner from processing the same fingerprint more than once if a user has not yet removed his or her finger from the scanner Server Matching Enable this setting to perform fingerprint or card ID matching at the BioStar server instead of the device When this mode is enabled the devices will send the fingerprint template or card ID to the server to verify a match This mode is useful when you have more users than can be downloaded to a device or user information cannot be distributed due to security concerns 1 N Fast Mode Set the device to use Fast Mode to reduce the amount of time required for matching fingerprints Auto Normal Fast or Fastest Setting Fast Mode to Auto will adjust the matching speed according to the number of enro
99. Mode pane Camera Setup Mode Basic Information Name AXIS M3203 00408CB57F65 Type Model IP Address g g i ae Tep Port 0 User name Password EA Device List No Devices Attribute 1 21111 192 168 0 62 8 Click Add at the bottom right of the Device List to open the Device Tree dialog box Device Tree a gom Device M 112 192 168 0 44 C 42329 192 168 0 28 9 Click a checkbox next to a device name and then click OK 10 Click Apply at the bottom right to apply the changes to the BioStar system 3 11 2 Add an IP Camera BioStar allows you to add an IP camera assoicate it with an access control device and specify the events that will trigger the IP camera to send captured still images to the BioStar system Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 1 18 3 Setup the BioStar System To add an IP camera to the BioStar system i 2 3 Click Camera in the shortcut pane Click Setup Camera in the Task pane if desired In the Task pane click Add New Camera This will open a Camera Setup Mode pane similar to the one below Camera Setup Mode Basic Information Name AXIS IP Camera Type AXIS v Model AXIS v IP Address 192 168 0 1 Port 2000 User name root Password jese Details Setup O Device List No Devices Attribute 1 21111 192 168 0 6
100. NVR server to the BioStar system 7 Click Camera in the shortcut pane 2 Click Setup Camera in the Task pane Camera 4 Camera Task wie Add New Camera FR Add New Camera Server ug Monitor Camera cet setup Camera Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 7 16 3 Setup the BioStar System 3 Inthe Task pane click Add New Camera Server This will open a Camera Setup Mode pane similar to the one below Camera Setup Mode ei Basic Information Name exis Camera Server i Type AXIS v Model axis v IP Address 192 WOR a A 106 Port 50333 User name suprema MYygchoi Password eesesse w Camera List No Devices Attribute 1 AXIS M3203 O0408CB57F65 0 Apply 4 In the Basic Information section enter a name type model IP address and port number for the NVR server and then enter the BioStar user name and password required to access the NVR server Click Detect to view cameras that are currently connected to the NVR server Click Apply at the bottom right of the Camera Setup Mode pane This will add the detected cameras under the NVR server in the navigation pane as illustrated below Camera a a Camera c fi NVA AXIS Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 7 7 3 Setup the BioStar System 7 Inthe navigation pane click a camera name This will open the Camera Setup
101. OOO Clock Display Resource File NoChange OOO w DO f Inad C Background Image C Sound Status way File Start Auth Success Unregister User Scan Timeout Auth Fail Enroll Success Fnrall Fail Display Sound Language Set the language to use on the display Korean English or Custom Menu Timeout Set the length of time before the display will return to the idle screen Infinite 10 sec 20 sec or 30 sec Backlight Timeout Set the length of time before the display goes dim Infinite 10 sec 20 sec 30 sec 40 sec 50 sec or 60 sec Theme set a display theme Theme 1 4 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web ww supremaine com LDO 5 Customize Settings Use Voice Set the device to notify you with voice messages Disable or Enable Resource File Set the language resource file to use for the BioStar interface No Change Korean English or Custom To use a language resource file other than English or Korean select Custom and then click the ellipsis button to locate the resource file Background Set the type of background for the FaceStation display Logo Notice Slide Show or PDF Supported file types JPG GIF BMP PNG and PDF cannot exceed 480x800 pixels each Only one image at a time can be used as a logo or notice while up to 16 images can be displayed at a set interval in a slide show Volume Set the volume of the FaceStation device 0 to 100 Msg Timeout
102. P based biometric access control system alarm zone A grouping of devices that is used to protect a physical area BioStar monitors input points in an alarm zone and triggers alarms when intrusion or tampering Is detected anti passback A security protocol that prevents a user from providing unauthorized entrance to another user via an access card or fingerprint See also timed anti passback biometrics Biometrics refers to the use of physical characteristics for verification or authorization BioStar incorporates Suprema s award winning fingerprint recognition technology to provide biometric authentication of a user s identity and authorization to gain access to restricted areas bypass group A group of users that can bypass normal restrictions for a zone client BioStar client software allows an operator to connect remotely to the BioStar server and control connected devices An operator ID and password are required to access the system via a client department A division of an organization used to group employees The use of departments is not necessary but may be helpful to organize large numbers of employees device In this guide the word device refers to any Suprema product supported by the BioStar system Supported devices include BioStation BioStation Mifare BioStation HID DStation BioEntry Plus BioEntry W BioEntry Plus Mifare BioEntry W Mifare BioEntry Plus iCLASS BioEntry Plus HID BioLite Net Xpass and
103. Reset Time min In case of Disconnected W Device List No Devices Attribute 1 40051 6183 152 174 In Device Master Device APB Type Select a type of anti passback restriction to apply Soft or Hard Reset Time min Set the duration in minutes that must pass before the anti passback status is reset The default reset time is 0 at this setting the anti passback status will not be reset In case of Disconnected Set how doors in the zone should behave if communication is lost between the master and member devices 5 3 1 2 Alarm tab The Alarm tab allows you to specify alarm actions and an output device for an anti passback zone Access Group Event Action Program Sound _ chimes wav Output Device 40051 6183 152 174 v Play Count 0 0 Infinite Output port 40051 Relay 0 y Device Sound 40051 6183 152174 Output Signal Setting signal1 v Send Email Action Program Sound Activate and select a sound from the drop down list to be emitted by the BioStar program Then specify the duration play count of the sound in seconds If you set the Play Count to 0 the specified sound will play until someone with administrative privileges manually stops the sound via the Realtime Monitoring tab in the Monitoring pane To add custom sounds to the list see section 3 10 1 2 Device Sound Activate and select a sound to be emitted by devices connected to the doo
104. Set the length of time that a failure or confirmation message will be displayed 0 5 5 sec Clock Display Set to display the current time on the device Enable or Disable Background Image Click this checkbox to upload new background images Click the plus sign to locate and add a new image file Type Set the type of background for the FaceStation display Logo Notice Slide Show or PDF Supported file types JPG GIF BMP PNG and PDF cannot exceed 480x800 pixels for Notices and 480x800 pixels for Logos Only one image at a time can be used as a logo or notice Sound Click this checkbox to enable and add custom event sounds Click an event from the list and then click the plus sign to locate and add a new sound file Click Add to add new sound files Delete to remove sound files or Play to preview a selected sound file Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine com 22 9 5 Customize Settings 5 1 9 10 T amp A tab The T amp A tab allows you to configure the mode and key settings for a FaceStation device To save changes to time and attendance settings you must click Apply at the bottom of the tab You can also apply the same settings to other devices by clicking Apply to Others Operation Mode Face Camera Network Access Control Interphone Input Output Display Sound T Wiegand T amp 4 Mode Manual Ww Caption Schedule Fixed or Mot Use Relay Event Type In M
105. Set the time on the device ID Operation Mode The drop down lists in this area allow you to control the authentication mode by schedule For example you can choose a normal authentication mode for working hours and a more strict authentication mode for hours outside the normal schedule You can specify authentication modes either by device or by user see section 5 4 1 Unless a particular mode is specified for a user the device authentication mode will apply ID Fingerprint Set the device to require ID plus fingerprint authorization Always or No Time ID Password Set the device to require ID plus password authorization Always or No Time ID Fingerprint Password Set the device to require ID plus fingerprint or password authorization Always or No Time Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web eK 5 Customize Settings ID Fingerprint Password Set the device to require ID plus fingerprint plus password authorization Always or No Time Card Operation Mode Card Only Set the device to require only card authorization Always or No Time Card Fingerprint Set the device to require card plus fingerprint authorization Always or No Time Card Password Set the device to require card plus password authorization Always or No Time Card Fingerprint Password Set the device to require card plus fingerprint or password authorization Always or No Time Card Fingerprint Passw
106. T2 1 3 FaceStation 1 3 BioEntry Plus 1 6 BioEntry W 1 2 BioLite Net 1 4 Xpass 1 3 Use Wiegand Card Bypass This feature makes the device to send out Card CSN according to Wiegand setting of BioStar without having to conduct a matching This is designed to be used as a dummy reader in a connection with a third party access control unit through Wiegand When a card data input is made the device sends out the data through Wiegand without going through a matching process Note This feature is supported from the FW versions BioStation 1 93 BioStation T2 1 3 FaceStation 1 3 BioEntry Plus 1 6 BioEntry W 1 2 BioLite Net 1 4 Xpass 1 3 5 1 3 2 Fingerprint tab The Fingerprint tab allows you to customize fingerprint authorization settings for BioLite Net devices Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Fingerprint Security Level EN Fast Mode Auto we Scan Timeout Matching Timeout g3sec oOo OM Server Matching Check Fake Finger Disable yl Template Option ISO Format Disable Fingerprint Security Level Set the security level to use for fingerprint authorization Normal Secure or Most Secure Keep in mind that as the security level is increased so too Is the likelihood of a false rejection Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 7 15 5 Customize Settings Scan Timeout Set the length of
107. Time and Attendance in the shortcut pane In the task pane click Add Shift This will open a Shift pane similar to the one below Shift i Basic Information Name New Shift 1 sk use Weekly 1 1 1970 v 1 1 1970 v voy 0 TT me 0 MMMM E wednesday O0 T E ws OO E oe E Saturday O M E snay O M Click one of the radio buttons to set the shift as a part of a daily or weekly cycle If you select weekly a calendar week will constitute a cycle If you select daily you can specify any number of consecutive days e g 5 10 or 20 days to constitute a cycle Note Daily cycle is available only with the Standard Edition of BioStar 4 5 Select start and end dates from the drop down calendars Activate days of the cycle by clicking the checkboxes on the left Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 104 3 Setup the BioStar System 6 Click the ellipsis button to select a daily schedule This will open the T amp A Tree dialog box See section 3 9 2 to define the daily schedules that will appear in this dialog box T amp aA Tree a C y Schedule DailySchedule Sample 2 Janitorial New Daily Schedule New Daily Schedule 1 New Daily Schedule 2 Cancel 7 Select a daily schedule and click OK to apply the daily schedule to the shift 8 Repeat steps 5 7 as needed Note You can copy a schedule from one day to
108. View Mifare Layout Click this button to view the MIFARE layout used by the device For more information about configuring MIFARE layouts please see section 3 6 4 7 ISO Format Format Type Set the type of pre processing to occur on card ID data Normal or Wiegand If Normal is selected the card ID data will be processed in its original form If Wiegand is selected devices will interpret card ID data according to the Wiegand format settings Byte Order Specify whether to swap ID card data between cards and devices by most significant byte MSB or least significant byte LSB Bit Order Specify whether to swap ID card data between cards and devices by most significant bit MSB or least significant bit LSB Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremain com 209 5 Customize Settings 5 1 6 2 Fingerprint tab The Fingerprint tab allows you to customize fingerprint authorization settings for D Station devices Operation Mode Fingerprint Camera Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Fingerprint Security Level Image Quality Sensitivity 1 N Delay Server Matching Template Option Encryption Check Duplicate FP Normal v 1 N Fast Mode Normal v Normal v View Image Yes v 7 Max v Scan Timeout 10 sec v 2 sec v Matching Timeout 3 sec v Check Fake Finger Disable v Disable 150 Format Disable Fingerprint Security
109. XT e XML Note You can refresh the report data by clicking the refresh icon on the toolbar You can also search for text in the report by clicking the search binoculars icon on the toolbar Manage Devices You can easily remove devices if necessary and upgrade the device firmware directly from the BioStar interface When removing devices first ensure that any new data that may have been added at the terminal has been transferred to the BioStar server 4 7 1 Remove Devices If you need to remove a device from the BioStar system click Device in the shortcut pane then right click the device name and click Remove Device 4 7 2 Upgrade Device Firmware On occasion it is necessary to upgrade your devices to the latest firmware version To upgrade device firmware 7 From the menu bar click Option gt Device gt Firmware Upgrade This will open the Firmware Upgrade dialog box 0 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 146 4 Manage the BioStar System 4 8 Click the radio button next to the type of device you want to upgrade Click Select Device and select a device or devices from the Device Tree dialog box Click OK to close the Device Tree dialog box Click Select Firmware Locate the firmware file on your computer or network and click Open Click Upgrade MS NDA MV RF W DN When the firmware upgrade is complete wait for the device to restart and then click Close
110. XT12 If you are using the Event Fix mode you can click the checkbox to the right to designate a fixed event Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web E E 19 5 Customize Settings 5 1 6 12 Event Caption Enter a caption for the event Auto Mode Schedule When using the Auto Change mode you can specify when the event will occur by selecting a timezone in the drop down list For more information on creating a timezone please see section 3 7 1 Event Type Set the type of event to assign to the key Not Use Check In Check Out In or Out In Out indicates the general check in out events during a day whereas Check In Out indicates the formal check in out events upon arrival and departure at work or the first check in and the last check out events on that day When you choose Check In or Check Out you can enable the Regard as normal check in check out event option If this option is enabled users who activate the appropriate keys will be regarded as arriving or leaving on time at work even though they actually arrive late or leave early If you enable the Only Result option they appear being on time on T amp A reports but their work time will be calculated correctly based on their actual check in out time If you choose Out you can enable the Add work time after this event option If this option is enabled users activating the appropriate key will be considered working for the remainder of the time slot even if
111. a AEE AWE Max Number of Entrance o lt gt Timed APE min No Limit In case of Disconnected Door Open t WG Device List No Devices Attribute 1 40051 6163 152 174 Master Device Entrance Limit Zone Setting Click the checkbox to enable an entrance limit setting and then specify the effective hours for the entrance limit Max Number of Entrance Set the maximum number of entries allowed during the specified time limit Timed APB min Specify a time limit for re entry into a zone e In case of Disconnected Set how doors in the zone should behave if communication is lost between the master and member devices 5 3 2 2 Alarm tab The Alarm tab allows you to specify alarm actions and an output device for an entrance limit zone Access Group Event Action Program Sound _ chimes wav J Output Device 40051 6183 152 174 Play Count jo 0 Infinite Output port 40051 Relay 0 v Device Sound 40051 61 83 152174 v Output Signal Setting signal1 v Send Email Action Program Sound Activate and select a sound from the drop down list to be emitted by the BioStar program Then specify the duration play count of the sound in seconds If you set the Play Count to 0 the specified sound will play until someone with administrative privileges manually stops the sound via the Realtime Monitoring tab in the Monitoring pane To add custom sounds
112. ab to specify security quality matching and timeout settings for fingerprint recognition e Network Use this tab to specify settings for LAN or serial connections e Access Control Use this tab to specify entrance limits and access groups e Input Use this tab to add or modify inputs to the device e Output Use this tab to add or modify outputs from the device Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 49 3 Setup the BioStar System Black List Use this tab to block access through a particular card e g a card which has been stolen or used by a former employee You can use this feature only when the card mode of the device is set to Template on Card Adding a user ID or card ID denies access from the users with the matching ID or card Display Sound Use this tab to configure LED amp Buzzer according to the event or status e T amp A Use this tab to configure time and attendance settings e Wiegand Use this tab to configure the Wiegand format For more information about Wiegand formats see section 3 2 133 When you are finished configuring the device click Apply to save your changes To apply the same settings to other devices click Apply to Others select other devices from the Device Tree dialog box and click Apply 3 2 8 Configure an Xpass or Xpass Slim Device To configure an Xpass or Xpass Slim device 1 Click Device in the shortcut pane 2 Double click a device name in the nav
113. access card The device can be controlled independently via command cards or managed entirely via the BioStar interface BioEntry Plus can be connected to electric door strikes via an internal relay or used with the Secure I O device for extra security and expanded capability Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 70 1 About the BioStar System BioEntry W The BioEntry W includes all of the features of the BioEntry Plus in a vandal resistant P65 rated structure BioEntry W is ideal for outdoor installation with exceptional durability in harsh environments It features extensive communication interfaces and PoE cabability BioLite Net V1 0 or later BioLite Net is IP based fingerprint terminal designed specifically for outdoor use With a rugged IP65 rated waterproof structure it offers extra durability to withstand the elements As either a simple door control or part of a complex networked environment BioLite Net supports the full functionality of BioStar s time and attendance and access control features Xpass Xpass is an IP based access reader controller designed exclusively for use with RF cards It provides many similar functions to the BioEntry Plus device but is waterproof for outdoor use and can be connected and powered by a single CAT5 6 cable Xpass Slim The XPass Slim device is a slimmer version of the Xpass that supports FeliCa and ISO 15693 cards Its low profile allows i
114. adio button do disable server settings IP Address Specify an IP address for the BioStar server Server Port Specify the port used to connect to the server SSL Displays the status of SSL for the server connection Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web E E 12 5 Customize Settings Time sync with Server Check this box to synchronize the device time with the server The device polls for a time change on the server every one hour and its time will be synchronized with the server when the device s time and the server s time differ by more than 5 seconds RS485 Network Mode Set the mode for a device connected via RS485 Disable Host or Slave For more information about RS485 modes please see sections 3 2 1 and 3 2 2 RS485 Baudrate Set the baud rate for a device connected via RS485 9600 to 115200 RS232 Baudrate Set the baud rate for a device connected via RS232 9600 to 115200 USB Setting Click the radio buttons to enable or disable the USB port on the D Station device 5 1 6 5 Access Control tab The Access Control tab allows you to customize entrance limit settings and default access groups for a D Station device Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Entrance Limit Setting Timed APB min Sption ooo 0000 e Max Number of Entrance Pp E Option 2 o0 e a ooo Max Number of Entrance P
115. al operators may perform various functions such as remotely controlling doors and locks adding users registering fingerprints issuing access cards adding access groups defining timezones and configuring alarm events 3 1 2 Add and Customize Administrative Accounts By default BioStar includes one administrator account which is added when you install the software see section 2 3 You may choose to use this account as the sole administrator and grant operator privileges to all other users who will manage the system or you may choose to add multiple administrators to the system 3 1 2 1 Add an administrative account To add an administrative account 1 From the menu bar click Administrator gt Admin Account to open the Admin Account List dialog box Click Add New Administrator 3 Inthe Add New Administrator dialog box enter an Admin ID and password 4 Confirm the password by retyping it and select an Admin Level from the drop down list Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 36 3 Setup the BioStar System e Administrator all privileges e Operator all privileges other than creating or deleting administrator or operator accounts e Manager privilege to read all information 5 Click OK 3 1 2 2 Change an administrative account level or password If you accidentally set the wrong level for an administrative account or need to change or reset a password you can do so from the Admin
116. al time e Second you must choose a type of database to use The BioStar server supports either MySQL or MS SQL Server including the scaled down free MS SQL Server Express Regardless of which database you choose you must have sufficient access rights and privileges to connect to the database and create new tables e Third ensure that the PCs you will use for both server and client applications meet the minimum requirements listed in section 2 1 The BioStar installation CD includes the BioStar installer By default the installer will install both the server and client applications with minimal input see section 2 2 However you may choose to install the server and client applications independently if you need to specify additional database options or desire to install the applications on separate PCs see sections 2 3 and 2 4 BioStar supports the following operating systems e Windows 8 32 bit and 64 bit system e Windows 7 32 bit or 64 bit platform e Windows Server 2008 R2 e Windows Vista e Windows XP Service Pack 1 or later Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 19 2 Install the BioStar Software 2 2 e Windows Server 2003 e Windows 2000 Service Pack 4 or later The minimum system requirements for installing and operating the BioStar software include the following e CPU Intel Pentium or similar processor capable of processing speeds of 1GHz or faster e RAM 512MB e HDD 5GB
117. allows administrators to customize T amp A functions for BioStation D Station X Station BioStation T2 and FaceStation devices and to specify how events are recorded The BioStar interface also allows administrators to monitor a user s check in and check out status in real time For more information about time and attendance see sections 3 9 and 4 6 1 2 8 IP Camera and NVR Server Management BioStar versions 1 5 and higher support internet protocol IP cameras and network video recorder NVR servers to allow administrators to monitor areas and be notified of specific Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 7 events with real time still images transferred from the IP cameras By interoperating with the NVR servers the BioStar system can also display time sorted event logs together with recorded videos stored on the servers From the BioStar interface administrators can add and customize IP cameras and their functions For more information about the IP cameras and NVR servers see sections 3 11 and 4 1 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 18 Install the BioStar Software Installing BioStar is a fairly simplistic process provided that you address a few prerequisites before beginning the installation e First you must select a PC that can remain running constantly to function as the BioStar server The server will receive and store log data from connected devices in re
118. an delete users transfer users to other departments and customize user information fields You can also export or import user data for creating custom reports batch editing or other needs 4 5 1 Delete Users If the occasion arises you can easily remove users from the BioStar system To delete a user 7 Click User in the shortcut pane 2 Right click a user s name 3 Click Delete User 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 4 5 1 1 Delete an individual user via command cards After issuing command cards you can delete an individual user directly from a BioEntry Plus BioEntry W Xpass or Xpass Slim device For more information about issuing command cards please see section 3 2 6 1 and 3 2 8 1 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 135 4 Manage the BioStar System To delete users directly from a BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W device via command cards 1 2 Place a delete card command card on a BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W device If authorization is required an administrator must scan his or her fingerprints to continue Place the user s access card on the device and then have the user place his or her finger on the scanner as prompted by the device To delete users directly from an Xpass or Xpass Slim device via command cards 1 2 3 4 Place a delete card command card on an Xpass or Xpass Slim device If authorization is required an administrator must place his or h
119. and the server s time differ by more than 5 seconds Support 100 Base T This option allows you to enable or disable a fast Ethernet connection for the device When enabled the device will detect the Ethernet network and automatically establish the best connection If Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 1 5 Customize Settings you do not enable this option the device will attempt to establish a 10Base T Ethernet connection Use Click this radio button to enable the 100base T connection for the device Not Use Click this radio button to disable the 100base T connection for the device Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 7 8 5 Customize Settings RS485 oe Fe Mode Set the mode for a device connected via RS485 Disable Host Slave or PC Connection Baudrate Set the baud rate for a device connected via RS485 9600 to 115200 Access Control tab The Access Control tab allows you to customize entrance limit settings and default access groups for a BioLite Net device Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Entrance Limit Setting Timed APE min C Option 1 o0 0000 Max Number of Entrance o C Option 2 o0 o0 Max Number of Entrance o E Option 3 0o00 0000 Max Number of Entrance o E Option 4 o0 0000 Max Number of Entra
120. ane right click the host device and click Add Device Serial This will open the Search and Add Device dialog box Search and Add Device Click Next to begin the search When BioStar completes the search click Next Select the device or devices to add by clicking the checkboxes next to the device IDs Click Add to add the device Close the confirmation message that appears and click Finish to exit the wizard In the navigation pane click the slave device In the device pane click the Network tab Change the RS485 serial setting by selecting Slave from the Mode drop down list 70 Click Apply to save the change 3 2 3 Add an RF Device Prior to BioStar 1 2 third party RF devices connected to Suprema devices BioStation BioEntry Plus BioEntry W and BioLite Net devices operated only as physical extensions to the Suprema devices As of BioStar 1 2 third party RF devices connected to Suprema devices function independently and can be associated with doors and included in zones To add an RF device 1 2 Connect the RF device to a Suprema device Ensure that the Suprema device is added to the BioStar system see section 3 2 1 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 42 3 Setup the BioStar System Click Device in the shortcut pane 4 In the navigation pane click the Suprema device name Click the Wiegand tab and specify Wiegand settings as described below Operation Made Fing
121. ange Format to launch the Wiegand Configuration wizard To activate the Wiegand feature for a BioLite Net device you can select the checkbox at the top right of the tab For more information on configuring the Wiegand format pleaes see section 3 2 13 Wiegand Mode Wiegand Input Wiegand Format Format legacy Disabled Wiegand Output _ Disabled 26 bit Standard Change Format tal Bi 26 EAAA AAAA AIII ILII IIII IIII 10 ID Bits 16 Custom ID Bits 9 I ID bit C Custom ID bit O ParityBit Odd E ParityBit Even X Undefined FC Code Disable Pulse Width us 30 20 100 us Default Field Data Pulse space us 2000 200 20000 us Fail Code Value ooo0 F Use Fail Code Wiegand Mode Set the mode of Wiegand input to use when reading card ID data Legacy or Extended The Legacy mode will process ID data from networked devices and RF card readers in the same way this is the typical function of previous versions of BioStar The Extended mode will allow RF card with readers to operate independently which allows them to be associated doors included in zones and leave logs with their own device IDs Wiegand Input Assign the Wiegand input Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 185 5 Customize Settings Disabled The input will not be used Wiegand Card The ID field of the Wiegand string is interpreted as a card ID Wiegand User
122. ard dialog box IF 10 Board dg User Status Name Event time Content D jas ae cian i N Kwanshik 2009 06 09 12 16 11 Check In g Minyoung Kyeongsun 2009 06 09 12 15 27 Check In amp Sohyun Minyoung 2009 06 09 12 16 28 Check In g Kwanshik 5 Sohyun 2009 06 09 12 18 07 Check In g Mijeoung Mijeoung 2009 06 09 12 41 39 In 3 Click User a user name or a department name in the pane on the left This will display the corresponding T amp A status in the pane on the right 4 To close the dialog box click Close 4 6 2 Generate T amp A Reports You can generate T amp A reports to view various time and attendance events for users You can also modify and print time and attendance data for other uses such as calculating payrolls To generate a T amp A report 1 Click Time and Attendance in the shortcut pane Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 14 1 4 Manage the BioStar System 2 Inthe task pane click Report This will open the T amp A Report dialog box w Report a User Report Type Option L 0000 Daily Report Daily Summary V Display Person Day 2013 06 01 E7 2013 11 05 _ B7 View Report Export CSV File AIS H lt Individual Report Individual Summary V Time Format 1 0h Rebuild iE 2 J e n 2S ResultReport Late In Early Out x AR Repor Rebuild All gg ims Edit History Paper Size a4 x 2 IBS ce
123. as been stolen or used by a former employee You can use this feature only when the card mode of the device is set to Template on Card Adding a user ID or card ID denies access from the users with the matching ID or card Display Sound Use this tab to adjust display or sound settings and add background images and sounds e T amp A Use this tab to configure time and attendance settings e Wiegand Use this tab to configure the Wiegand format For more information about Wiegand formats see section 3 2 133 4 When you are finished configuring the device click Apply to save your changes Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 46 3 Setup the BioStar System 5 To apply the same settings to other devices click Apply to Others and select other devices from the Device Tree dialog box 3 2 6 Configure a BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W Device To configure a BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W device 1 2 Click Device in the shortcut pane Double click a device name in the navigation pane This will open a Device pane similar to the one below Device a Basic Information Name 46195 192 168 0 169 Device ID 46195 Firmware V1 6_140215 Device Type BEPM OC de Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Command Card Display Sound T amp A Wiegand BioEntry Plus Time Get Host PC Time Date 4 3 2014 By i Set Device Time Operation Mode a Debleod
124. assword New Password Retype New Password Unlock Device and Password to Default 2 Click the Initialize Password checkbox to activate the buttons at the bottom of the screen 3 Click Get Challenge Code This will open the Get Challenge Code dialog box Get Challenge Code Device Device ID 50006 50006 192 168 w 9311c2b 58eb bb c3a59 ee 45b5f58 c 215256c5d a 9c21e948a589c8affbf Click Save as File and e mail us with the file Close Save as File 4 Select the appropriate device from the drop down list and click Get 5 Click Save as File to save the challenge code to your computer 6 Email the challenge code to Suprema support supremainc com Suprema s technical support personnel will return an unlocking code to you via email 7 When you receive the code from Suprema open the Auto Locking dialog box and activate the buttons see steps 1 2 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 134 4 Manage the BioStar System 4 5 8 Click Unlock Device and Password to Default This will open the Write Challenge Code dialog box Write Challenge Code Device Device ID 25183 25183 61 83 1 w Open Code File Write 9 Click Open Code File and locate the file sent to you by Suprema 10 When you have opened the file click Write This will unlock the device and reset the locking password to the default no password Manage Users With the BioStar system you c
125. ation T2 214 C Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine com 203 Index Camera tab X Station 195 Camera tab D Station 184 Camera tab BioStation T2 208 Camera tab FaceStation 221 card ID format 145 165 173 client list 24 Command Card tab BioEntry Plus 151 BioEntry W 151 Xpass 170 Xpass Slim 178 command cards deleting all users 119 deleting an individual user 118 enrolling users 70 issuing 42 45 connection type 35 D databases creating 22 mapping imported data 122 migrating from BioAdmin 28 Device pane 40 43 44 devices adding 35 adding RF devices 38 adding slave devices 37 creating a direct connection 36 creating a server connection 36 customizing BioEntry Plus settings 143 customizing BioEntry W settings 143 customizing BioLite Net settings 153 customizing BioStation settings 131 customizing BioStation T2 settings 203 customizing D Station settings 180 customizing FaceStation settings 218 customizing Xpass settings 164 customizing Xpass Slim settings 173 customizing X Station settings 193 DHCP 36 downgrading 129 locking or unlocking 116 removing 128 resetting locks 117 setting automatic locking 116 static IP 36 upgrading firmware 128 Display Sound tab BioLite Net 160 BioStation T2 214 D Station 189 FaceStation 228 X Station 199 Display Sound tab BioEntry Plus 151 BioEntry W 151 BioStation 140
126. authentication via user ID plus face regognition or password e User ID Face Password authentication via user ID plus face recognition plus password D Station X Station BioStation T2 and FaceStation e Detect face upon successful authentication a face image is captured BioStar stores two templates of each fingerprint and up to two fingerprints per user four templates total If desired one fingerprint can be used as a duress signal to activate alarms or send alerts in situations where a user is required to gain access under duress Duplicate templates of each print enhance authentication performance by reducing the likelihood of false rejections For more information about registering fingerprints see section 3 6 2 BioStar also provides administrators with the ability to read EM4100 and HID proximity cards and read issue and format MIFARE and iCLASS access cards For more information about access cards see section 3 6 4 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 15 1 About the BioStar System D Station devices allow the system to store images of users and control access via face detection in addition to fingerprint access card and user ID authentication D Station X Station BioStation T2 and FaceStation devices are equipped with cameras to allow for face detection and recording of face images for enhanced security For more information about face detection see section 3 6 3 1 2
127. ax Number of Entrance JUL Default Group Setting Default Group Entrance Limit Setting Timed APB min Set the duration in minutes that a user will be unable to regain entry to an area via the device Once a user has gained entry the device will reject the user s card or fingerprint authorization for the time period specified here Option 1 4 Click the checkbox to enable an entrance limit setting and then specify the effective hours for the entrance limit Max Number of Entrance Set the maximum number of entries allowed during the specified time limit Default Group Setting Select a default access group to be applied to new users who have not been assigned to another access group Declined Input tab The input tab lists input settings you have specified for a BioStation device Buttons at the bottom of the tab allow you to add modify or delete input settings To add or modify settings you must specify them from the Input Setting dialog box For more information about configuring input settings see section 3 10 3 2 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 155 5 Customize Settings Input Setting Switch 50006 Input 0 N O Onjc Function Not Use Schedule Baways Duration ms Device Select the BioStation or Secure I O device for which you will add or modify settings Port Select an input port Input 0 Input 1 or Tamper For Secure
128. ay Sound Wiegand Entrance Limit Setting Timed APB min Option 1 o0 e o0 Max Number of Entrance o E Option 2 ooo ooo Max Number of Entrance o C Option 3 o0 o0 Max Number of Entrance P C Option 4 o0 o0 Max Number of Entrance o Default Access Group Setting Default Group Full Access Automatic T amp A Mode Change T amp A Mode Fixed Entrance Fixed Exit Time In Event Caption Check In Entrance Limit Setting Timed APB min Set the duration in minutes that a user will be unable to regain entry to an area via the device Once a user has gained entry the device will reject the user s card or fingerprint authorization for the time period specified here Option 1 4 Click the checkbox to enable an entrance limit setting and then specify the effective hours for the entrance limit Max Number of Entrance Set the maximum number of entries allowed during the specified time limit Default Access Group Setting Select a default access group to be applied to new users who have not been assigned to another access group Automatic T amp A Mode Change Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 190 5 Customize Settings T amp A Mode Set the time and attendance mode for the device Disable Fixed In Fixed Out and Auto Fixed Entrance When the Auto T amp A mode is selected specify when to allow entrance events by selecting
129. ble Do you want to change security option j OHLIN Click Yes to acknowledge the warning statement If desired you may also change the encryption key a Click Encryption Key This will open the Change Encryption Key dialog box Change Encryption Key New Encryption Key Confirm Encryption Key b Enter a new encryption key in the first field c Confirm the key by entering it in the second field d Click Change Click Save The option you have chosen will appear on the Fingerprint tab in the Device pane Change the Fingerprint Template BioStar offers three types of fingerprint templates ISO 19794 2 ANSI378 or Suprema s proprietary format Suprema s format is active by default Changing fingerprint template options will render all previously saved templates unusable As a result it is best to choose a template option prior to registering users To change the fingerprint template option 1 From the menu bar click Option gt Fingerprint This will open the Fingerprint dialog box Click the checkbox under Use ISO Format Template to select the ISO format or Use ANSI378 Format Template to select the ANSI format Click Yes to acknowledge the warning statement Click Save Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 148 Customize Settings This section describes the settings available in the BioStar software BioStar provides precise control and customization o
130. bottom of the tab allow you to add modify or delete input settings To add or modify settings you must specify them from the Input Setting dialog box For more information about configuring input settings see section 3 10 3 2 Input Setting Device Port Switch Function 50006 Input 0 N o Not Use Schedule Always Duration ms Device Select the BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W or Secure I O device for which you will add or modify settings Port Select an input port Input 0 Input 1 or Tamper For Secure I O devices these settings are available nput 0 Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 Switch Click the radio buttons to specify the normal position of the input switc Functi h N O normally open or N C normally closed on Select an action to associate with the input Not Use The input port will not be monitored Generic Input The input port will be monitored for a triggering action events specified with Detect Input 1 3 in the Output setting dialog box see section 5 1 2 6 Emergency Open Open doors controlled by this device The normal door open period will be ignored and doors will remain open until an Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 168 5 Customize Settings operator sends a Close Door command via the Door Zone Monitoring tab see section 4 4 1 Release All Alarms Cancel alarms associated with this devic
131. c On the web www supremainc com 38 3 Setup the BioStar System 3 2 NANA 9 70 11 Type a name for the custom level in the Name field If desired add an additional description in the Description field Select a menu from the drop down list When selecting the User Menu or Device Menu select users or devices to grant access privileges by clicking the checkboxes in the users or devices list Select a permission level All Rights Modify or Read by clicking the checkbox next to an option Click Add to include the permission in the custom level Repeat steps 6 9 as necessary to add other permissions When you are finished customizing the level click Save You can now create new administrative accounts with any of the custom administrator levels you have created Setup Devices This section describes how to use BioStar s device wizard to search for and add new devices as well as how to add 3rd party RF devices In addition the procedures that follow describe basic configuration of devices within the BioStar system For more information about configuring devices see sections 3 10 3 and 5 1 3 2 1 Search for and Add Devices BioStar includes a handy wizard for finding and adding devices Before starting a search for new devices verify the device connections If you have multiple devices to add it may be helpful to prepare a list of device locations IDs and IP addresses prior to adding them To search f
132. cal function of previous versions of BioStar The Extended mode will allow RF card readers to operate independently which allows them to be associated with doors included in zones and leave logs with their own device IDs Wiegand Input Assign the Wiegand input Disabled The input will not be used Wiegand Card The ID field of the Wiegand string is interpreted as a card ID Wiegand User The ID field of the Wiegand string is interpreted as a user ID Wiegand Output Assign the Wiegand output Disabled The output will not be used Wiegand Card Inserts the card ID of the authenticated user in the ID field of the Wiegand string Wiegand User Inserts the user ID of the authenticated user in the ID field of the Wiegand string 5 1 2 Customize Settings for BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W Devices The sections below describe the settings available for BioEntry Plus and BioEntry W devices Customize the way BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W devices function by changing these settings to suit your particular environment and operational needs 5 1 2 1 Operation Mode tab The Operation Mode tab allows you to customize time and various operation modes settings for BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W devices Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Command Card Display Sound T amp A Wiegand
133. called a live scan This live scan is digitally processed to create a biometric template a collection of extracted features which is stored and used for fingerprint recognition Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine com 2203 Glossary fire alarm zone A zone that is used to interface with fire alarms and control doors when a fire is detected host A host is the device that serves as the master in a RS485 network The host device relays data packets between external devices or a larger network and slave devices connected to the RS485 network input signal The signal sent to a device by an external object such as an exit button operator Operators are personnel who have rights to use BioStar clients BioStar includes three pre defined classes for operators administrators operators and managers BioStar also supports a maximum of 16 custom operator classes output signal The signal sent to an external device such as an alarm siren or electronic door strike proximity card Proximity cards or prox cards are contactless integrated circuit devices used for security access BioStation BioEntry Plus and BioLite Net devices support EM4100 cards BioStation Mifare BioEntry Plus Mifare BioEntry W Mifare and BioLite Net and DStation devices support MIFARE and iCLASS cards and BioStation HID and BioEntry Plus HID devices support HID proximity cards RF device Short range radio frequency devices used to gai
134. ccess point It allows one wireless network to be clearly distinguishable from another ESSID is one type of SSID the other being BSSID face recognition The automated process of validating a claimed identity based on the image of a face BioStar extracts and analyzes the facial features such as the skin texture and the shapes of the face eyes nose and mouth from a captured face image and compares them with those of all the registered persons false acceptance rate The false acceptance rate FAR is a measure of the likelihood that a biometric security system will incorrectly accept an access attempt by an unauthorized user A system s FAR typically is stated as the ratio of the number of false acceptances to the number of identification attempts false rejection rate The false rejection rate FRR is a measure of the likelihood that a biometric security system will incorrectly reject an access attempt by an authorized user A system s FRR is typically stated as the ratio of the number of false rejections to the number of identification attempts fingerprint recognition The automated process of matching two human fingerprints one previously recorded and one being provided by a user for authentication BioStar incorporates Suprema s award winning algorithms for recognizing fingerprints fingerprint sensor A fingerprint sensor is an electronic device used to capture a digital image of the fingerprint pattern The captured image is
135. ce will perform only the specified T amp A function T amp A Key Specify which keys to use for T amp A events and the event types associated with them Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 160 5 Customize Settings Function Key Select a function key from the drop down list to assign a T amp A event F1 F4 1 9 CALL O or ESC If you are using the Event Fix mode you can click the checkbox to the right to designate a fixed event Event Caption Enter a caption for the event Auto Mode Schedule When using the Auto Change mode you can specify when the event will occur by selecting a timezone in the drop down list For more information on creating a timezone please see section 3 7 1 Event Type Set the type of event to assign to the key Not Use Check In Check Out In or Out In Out indicates the general check in out events during a day whereas Check In Out indicates the formal check in out events upon arrival and departure at work or the first check in and the last check out events on that day When you choose Check In or Check Out you can enable the Regard as normal check in check out event option If this option is enabled users who activate the appropriate keys will be regarded as arriving or leaving on time at work even though they actually arrive late or leave early If you enable the Only Result option they appear being on time on T amp A reports but their work ti
136. ck Add to locate and add a new image file To delete an existing image click the image name and then click Delete Type Set the type of background for the X Station display Logo Notice or Slide Show Supported file types JPG GIF BMP and PNG cannot exceed 240x320 pixels for Notices and 240x320 pixels for Logos Only one image at a time can be used as a logo or notice Sound Click this checkbox to enable and add custom event sounds Click an event from the list and then click Add to locate and add a new sound file Click Delete to remove custom sound files or Play to preview a custom sound file 5 1 7 10 T amp A tab The T amp A tab allows you to configure the mode and key settings for an X Station device To save changes to time and attendance settings you must click Apply at the bottom of the tab You can also apply the same settings to other devices by clicking Apply to Others Operation Mode Camera Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand T amp Mode TA Key Fi F2 F3 F4 Manual v Caption Schedule Fixed or Not Use Relay Event Type In No Time Use Use Not Use Out No Time Not Use Not Use Not Use In Duty No Time Not Use Use Not Use Out Duty No Time Not Use Not Use Not Use T amp Key Function Key Event Caption Auto Mode Schedule Event Type z Not Use Use Relay J Modify Delete All T amp
137. ck OK 5 Click Apply to save the T amp A settings for the shift Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 106 3 Setup the BioStar System To add a T amp A rule by user 1 Click Time and Attendance in the shortcut pane 2 Click Individual Shift in the task pane This will open the Individual Shift dialog box id i User Start Date End Date 2013 07 17 2013 12 31 No Leave Click Add Leave to define a custom leave Enter the Name and Description of the leave that you want to add and click OK A new leave will be added to the list 5 Click Close 3 9 5 Choose a Device for T amp A Devices can be chosen for the T amp A report If Default is selected all devices are used for TRA report But when T amp A devices are selected T amp A report is created using event logs in the selected devices And if it is not included as a T amp A device T amp A event keys applied to the device will not be displayed from the T amp A report Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 107 3 Setup the BioStar System File View Theme Option Administrator Help Card eee Print _ User Uker a n ade User Artes Coid Name Department Ss Anna Schn ane E Markus Ladefoged me a Jennik Nye 3 Peler kti _ Joakim Bere Event tetan kinoloinna Markus Lad Leave Type Setting Matthias Thomsen Overtime Rule Se
138. cking Time hour 2 Wh Device List Muster Zone Type By default set to Manual You can check for the people who were present in a specified area for a specific time period Please see 4 1 1 to see how to manually check attedance of people Tracking Time hour Specify how far in hours people are monitored for their in out activities in the zone For example if you set this value to 8 you can track a record of attendace since 8 hours ago Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web ww supremaine coma 4 5 3 6 2 Access Group tab The Access Group tab allows you to specify access groups that belong to a muster zone To assign access groups to a muster zone select a group and click Apply at the bottom right of the Zone pane Details Alarm Wh Select Bypass Group Occece Groin DD Noaccess D a E _ Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web ensupremainccom L O 5 Customize Settings 5 4 5 3 7 Customize Settings for Interlock Zones The sections below describe the settings available for interlock zones Customize the way the zone functions by changing these settings to suit your particular environment and operational needs Interlock zones works only with the following device firmware versions BioStation V1 9 or later BioEntry Plus V1 5 or later BioEntry W V1 0 or later BioLite Net V1 3 or later and Xpass V1 2 or later Interlock zones are not supported for BioStation T2 X Stati
139. d Open Door Detect Input 0 3 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web anousuoremainc com L S 5 Customize Settings Device Select the device to monitor for an alarm event Signal Setting Select a signal setting that you have previously configured from the menu bar Option gt Event gt Output Port Setting Priority Set a priority for the event Only an event with an equal or higher priority 1 is the highest can override a previous event For example an alarm on activate event with a priority of 2 can be canceled only by an alarm off deactivate event with a priority of 1 or 2 Alarm Off Event Specify settings and click Add to add the event to the Alarm Off Event list These events will deactivate an alarm Event Select an event that will deactivate an alarm Auth Success Auth Fail Auth Duress Anti passback Fail Access Not Granted Entrance Limited Admin Auth Success Tamper On Door Opened Door Close Forced Open Door Held Open Door or Detect Input 1 3 Device Select the device to monitor for an alarm event Priority Set a priority for the event Only an event with an equal or higher priority 1 is the highest can override a previous event For example a priority 2 alarm on event activate can be overridden only by an alarm off deactivate event with a priority of 1 or 2 5 1 7 8 Black List tab The Black list tab allows you to register user IDs or access card nu
140. der versions of BioStar If you are using an older version of BioStar be sure to install the correct USB drivers Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web A 2 3 Install the BioStar Software Install the BioStar Server Application If you do not choose to install the BioStar server and client applications together you need to select only the application you would like to install at the Select Features dialog box during the installation of the Biostar Setup After you ensure that your system meets the minimum requirements listed in section 2 1 and address the prerequisites mentioned in the introduction to this chapter close all other open applications If you have previously installed BioAdmin on the same machine ensure that you stop the BioAdmin server before beginning the installation i Attention If you have installed a previous installation on the machine with BioStar installer remove the old version before runninng the BioStar Installer The installer includes the following components e BioStar server application e Auxiliary libraries OpenSSL and Microsoft Visual C Redistributable e MS SQL Server Express e BioStar client application e BADB Conv database migration tool To install the BioStar server application 7 Insert the BioStar installation CD into a compatible media drive 2 Locate the installation directory and run BioStar 1 8 Setup 3 Follow the on screen prompts to begin the installation 4 Dur
141. duration in milliseconds an input signal must last to trigger the specified action 5 1 5 5 Output tab The Output tab lists output settings you have specified for an Xpass device Buttons at the bottom of the tab allow you to add modify or delete output settings To add or modify settings you must specify them from the Output Setting dialog box For more information about configuring output settings see section 3 10 3 1 Output Setting Device Type 50006 J Relay 0 Alarm On Event Device 50006 Signal Setting Signal 1 Priority ao Alarm Off Event Auth Success 50006 Priority a Device Type Select the device type for which you will add or modify settings Port Select an output port Relay 0 For Secure I O devices these settings are available Relay O or Relay 1 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine com 20D 5 Customize Settings Alarm On Event Specify settings and click Add to add the event to the Alarm On Event list These events will activate an alarm Event Select an event that will activate an alarm Auth Success Auth Fail Auth Duress Anti passback Fail Access Not Granted Entrance Limited Admin Auth Success Tamper On Door Opened Door Close Forced Open Door Held Open Door or Detect Input 1 3 Device Select the device to monitor for an alarm event Signal Setting Select a signal setting that you have previously config
142. e Restart Device Restart the device Disable Device Disable the device A disabled device will not communicate with the BioStar server or process fingerprints or card inputs To enable communication again an administrator must enter the master password for a BioStation device or provide authentication locally for a BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W device With BioStar 1 8v LED Green Input LED Red Input Buzzer Input Access Granted Input and Access Denied Input were newly added And these input options are available only with BioStation FW 1 93v BioStation T2 FW 1 3v FaceStation FW 1 3v BioEntry Plus FW 1 6v BioEntry W FW 1 2v BioLite Net FW 1 4v and Xpass FW 1 3v Schedule Set the schedule for the input actions Always Disable or custom schedule Duration ms Set the duration in milliseconds an input signal must last to trigger the specified action 5 1 2 6 Output tab The Output tab lists output settings you have specified for a BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W device Buttons at the bottom of the tab allow you to add modify or delete output settings To add or modify settings you must specify them from the Output Setting dialog box For more information about configuring output settings see section 3 10 3 1 Device Type 50006 v port Relay 0 Alarm On Event Event Auth Success Device 50006 Signal Setting Signal1 Priority 1 pak Event Auth Success Device 50006 Priorit
143. e ID plus face recognition for authorization Always New Time Zone or No Time ID Password Set the device to require ID plus password authorization Always New Time Zone or No Time ID Face Password Set the device to require ID plus face recognition or password authorization Always New Time Zone or No Time ID Face Password Set the device to require ID plus face recognition plus password authorization Always New Time Zone or No Time Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web ww supremaine com A O 5 Customize Settings Card Operation Mode Card Only Set the device to require only card authorization Always New Time Zone or No Time Card Face Set the device to require card plus face recognition for authorization Always New Time Zone or No Time Card Password Set the device to require card plus password authorization Always New Time Zone or No Time Card Face Password Set the device to require card plus face recognition or password authorization Always New Time Zone or No Time Card Face Password Set the device to require card plus face recognition plus password authorization Always New Time Zone or No Time Face Operation Mode Face Set the device to require only face recognition for authorization Always New Time Zone or No Time Face Password Set the device to require face recognition plus password authorization Always New Time Zone or No Time
144. e Settings 5 1 9 11 Event Type Set the type of event to assign to the key Not Use Check In Check Out In or Out In Out indicates the general check in out events during a day whereas Check In Out indicates the formal check in out events upon arrival and departure at work or the first check in and the last check out events on that day When you choose Check In or Check Out you can enable the Regard as normal check in check out event option If this option is enabled users who activate the appropriate keys will be regarded as arriving or leaving on time at work even though they actually arrive late or leave early If you enable the Only Result option they appear being on time on T amp A reports but their work time will be calculated correctly based on their actual check in out time If you choose Out you can enable the Add work time after this event option If this option is enabled users activating the appropriate key will be considered working for the remainder of the time slot even if they leave the office early Wiegand tab The Wiegand tab allows you to configure the Wiegand format for a FaceStation device Click Change Format to launch the Wiegand Configuration wizard For more information on configuring the Wiegand format see section 3 2 13 Operation Mode Face Camera Network Access Control Interphone Input Output Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Wiegand Mode Wiegand In Out
145. e and attendance reports In addition administrators can create custom administrator levels that are granted various privileges for the BioStar system menus Operators can monitor and manage the BioStar system via a remote client terminal Operators have the same privileges with administrators other than the privileges to create and delete other administrator or operator accounts Like administrators operators are capable of adding and configuring devices users doors zones and access groups They also can manage time and attendance functions including setting up time categories daily schedules shifts holiday rules and leave periods as well as creating modifying and viewing time and attendance reports Managers have privileges to read all information in the menus However they cannot create modify or delete anything in the menus Depending on your organization s requirements the capability to view events may be useful for other management purposes The custom administrator level can be assigned full or limited privileges on the seven menus On each menu you can assign one of three privileges All Rights Modify or Read Depending on your organization s requirements the BioStar system can be managed more effectively by adding custom administrator levels A typical setup will consist of one administrator or more depending on the size of your organization who has full access to the system Below the administrator level sever
146. e on the device Sensor Mode Always On Set the device sensor to be always available on standby Always or Disable ID Entered Set the device sensor to be available on standby only after a valid ID is entered Always or Disable OK Pressed Set the device sensor to be available on standby only after the OK key is pressed Always or Disable Operation Mode For each of the following options click the corresponding checkbox to enable Double Verification Mode which requires verification of two users credentials to gain entry to a door Fingerprint Only Set the device to require fingerprint only authorization Always Disable or Custom Schedule Password Only Set the device to require password only authorization Always Disable or Custom Schedule Fingerprint Password Set the device to require fingerprint or password authorization Always Disable or Custom Schedule Fingerprint Password Set the device to require fingerprint plus password authorization Always Disable or Custom Schedule Card Only Set the device to require only card authorization Always Disable or Custom Schedule Private Auth Set the device to allow a private authorization method Disable or Enable f enabled the authentication mode of the user will be determined by a user s Authorization setting which is located on the Details tab If disabled the authentication mode will be determined by operation mode settings of the de
147. e s fingers are clean and dry You may need to ask the candidate to clean his or her fingers just prior to registration If a candidate has excessively dry skin ask him or her to moisten the fingertips slightly by breathing warm air on them just prior to registration When registering fingerprints keep the following tips in mind e You must register the same finger twice two templates You can register a total of two fingers a total of four templates per user e Fingers with scars worn fingerprints or other physical damage may be poor choices for registration e t may be necessary to delete and recapture an image of a fingerprint if the candidate experiences low acceptance rates Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 3 Setup the BioStar System 3 6 2 1 Place fingers on the sensor To ensure good quality fingerprints candidates must place as much of the finger pad the soft part opposite the fingernail on the sensor as possible Suprema recommends using index or middle fingers because they are typically easier for users to correctly place on the sensor To properly place a finger on the sensor candidates should lay the finger flat so that the pad side covers most of the sensor and the finger is nearly perpendicular to the sensor The image below illustrates both correct and incorrect placement of a finger on the sensor 3 6 2 2 Register fingerprints BioStar allows you to register up t
148. e web www supremainc com ITI BioStar 1 8 Administrator Guide 3 7 Setup TIMEZONES cecccceeccceeeeseeeeceeeeceeeeesaeeecseeeseaeeeseeeeseueeeaaeessanees 94 Sf Create a ViIMCZOMC iieweroctanenienataanassaneacxonaiensuostaesnamneiesneniatbanaesanes oxectemeerte 94 3 7 2 Create a Holiday Schedule cccececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeaaeeeseaaeeeseaeeeesaeeenes 95 3 8 Setup ACCESS GlOUDS siicncisntecantncttnnnimadscemdacsinandnadisxadinesiaawinad Hoendeedeuwes 97 sol Adda ACCCsS GOW sat conacansumesctsncamsnmnatanes O 97 3 8 2 Add Users to Access GrOUDS ccccccceececeeeeseeeeceaeeesaeeeseueesseeeeseneenseeeens 98 3 8 3 ASSIOMACCeSs Gr uUpPS 10 USCIS assisa 98 3 8 4 Transfer Access Groups to Devices ccccccseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeesaeeeeeas 99 3 8 5 Check for Access Rules by De VICE cccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaseeesseeeeessaeaes 99 3 9 Setup Time and Attendance cccccceeeecceeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeseeseesneeeeenes 100 39 1 Aoda lime Category warnsccecnswaaenansestcenmeecaseantecvsaaenesaseenienednesannamsanteceamens 100 II POO Daly eE n E 102 De Ada SMI a kane ere lennece ea santoovenins oronealeqientiorebepnaioocarteauninnnetraten 104 394 Assign Users to SHINS srren EEE 105 3 9 5 Choose a Device for T amp A ccccccccssseccceeeeecseeeeecseseeesseeeeseeeeesaeeeessaeees 107 FO CUPA rN E ER AEE 108 3 10 1 Configure Alarm Settings and SOUNCS cceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 10
149. eOnton Card Fingerprint Fingerprint Only Card Only Private Auth Mifare iCLASS Wiegand Elnotuse card CardReating Mode M caMewGardlayoutios E e Wiegand card Bypass Card ID Format romat Ti oe Ore store Add Modify Delete Apply to Others Configure device information on the following tabs For an explanation of device settings see section 5 1 2 Operation mode Use this tab to set the device time or retrieve it from a host PC adjust settings for operation modes and adjust options for fingerprint recognition Fingerprint Use this tab to specify security quality matching and timeout settings for fingerprint recognition Network Use this tab to specify settings for LAN or serial connections Access Control Use this tab to specify entrance limits access groups and time and attendance mode settings Input Use this tab to add or modify inputs to the device Output Use this tab to add or modify outputs from the device Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 4 3 Setup t he BioStar System Black List Use this tab to block access through a particular card e g a card which has been stolen or used by a former employee You can use this feature only when the card mode of the device is set to Template on Card Adding a user ID or card ID denies access from the users with the matching ID or card Command Card Use this tab to issue command cards that can control BioEntry Pl
150. each Only one image at a time can be used as a logo or notice while up to 16 images can be displayed at a set interval in a slide show Notice Click this button to create a notice that will be shown on the BioStation display After creating a notice you can click Apply to apply the notice to the current device or Apply to Others to apply the notice to additional devices Volume Set the volume of the BioStation device 70 to 100 Msg Timeout Set the length of time that a failure or confirmation message will be displayed Background Image Click this checkbox to upload new background images Click the plus sign to locate and add a new image file Type Set the type of background for the BioStation display Logo or Notice Supported file types JPG GIF BMP and PNG cannot exceed 800x427 pixels for Notices and 800x327 pixels for Logos Only one image at a time can be used as a logo or notice Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web E E 18 5 Customize Settings Sound Click this checkbox to enable and add custom event sounds Click an event from the list and then click the plus sign to locate and add a new sound file Click Add to add new sound files Delete to remove sound files or Play to preview a selected sound file 5 1 6 11 T amp A tab The T amp A tab allows you to configure the mode and key settings for a D Station device To save changes to time and attendance settings you must click Apply
151. eate new user accounts 1 Click User in the shortcut pane 2 Inthe navigation pane right click User or a department name and click Add User This will open a User pane similar to the one below User Basic Information Name View User 1 Modify Private Information Department Telephone E Mail Password Admin Level Normal User Details Fingerprints Face Face Fusion Card Access Control T amp A Event ID 1 Start Date af 1 2000 Expiry Date 12 31 2030 23 hour Private Auth Mode Device Default v Title quest R Mobile Po Genders Female v Date of Birth 12 23 2011 Apply 3 Add details of the user s account in the User pane Name Enter the user s name Department Enter a department or click the ellipsis button to select from departments you have added to the BioStar system e Telephone Enter the user s telephone number digits only no characters are allowed in this field E mail Enter the user s email address Password Enter the user s password if desired Note Passwords saved in FaceStation devices are not compatible with other Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 6 3 Setup the BioStar System devices When transferring data from a FaceStation device to another type of device you must create new passwords for the other device Admin Level Sel
152. eb www supremainc com 194 5 Customize Settings Operation Mode Network Access Control Input Output Command Carc Command Delete All Need Authentication by Administrator Card ID Enter the card ID or click Read Card and place a command card on the reader to automatically populate the fields Command Type Select a type of command card to issue Enroll Card Delete Card or Delete All Card 5 1 4 8 Display Sound tab The Display Sound tab allows you to customize LED and buzzer behaviors by event To save changes to these settings you must click Update in the corresponding section for each event Operation Mode Network Access Control Input Output Command Card Display Sound Wiegand Output Signal Event LED Fade Out Fade Out Z Fade out Event Specify the affected event by selecting it from the drop down list LED Set the LED behavior for a specified event Count Enter a number of LED cycles for the specified event Enter 0 to enable an infinite loop or 1 to disable the LED Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 195 5 Customize Settings Colors Specify up to three display colors from the drop down list The LED will cycle through these colors in order from top to bottom Next to each color enter the duration in milliseconds that the LED should display the selected color and the duration in milliseconds that the
153. ect the user s BioStar administration level Normal User or Admin User ID Enter an identification number for the user e Start Date Set a beginning date that the user can obtain authorization via the BioStar system Expiry Date Set a date that the user s account will expire you can also specify the hour that the account will expire e Title Select a title for the user Guest President Director General Manager Chief Assistant Manager or custom title Mobile Enter a mobile telephone number for the user e Genders Select the user s gender Date of Birth Select the user s date of birth from the drop down calendar Note You can add a photo of the user or a private message by clicking Modify Private Information 4 Register fingerprints see section 3 6 2 face images see section 3 6 3 and access cards see section 3 6 4 as necessary 5 When you are finished adding details to the user s account click Apply 3 6 2 Register Fingerprints BioStar provides an option for encrypting fingerprint templates If you choose to use this option you should set the encryption before capturing fingerprint scans Any previously captured fingerprint templates will be rendered unusable when you activate the encryption For more information about encrypting fingerprints see section 4 7 When registering fingerprints it is important to capture quality images Before registering fingerprints ensure that the candidat
154. ed as a card ID Wiegand User Out Inserts the user ID of the authenticated user in the ID field of the Wiegand string Wiegand Card Out Inserts the card ID of the authenticated user in the ID field of the Wiegand string 5 1 7 Customize Settings for X Station Devices The sections below describe the settings available for X Station devices Customize the way X Station devices function by changing these settings to suit your particular environment and operational needs 5 1 7 1 Operation Mode tab The Operation Mode tab allows you to customize time and various operation modes settings for X Station devices Camera Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Station Time Sync with Host PE Time Date 11 17 2010 Time 3 54 46 PM rs Set Time 1 1 Operation Mode Private Auth Double Mode Server Matching Auth Time out Detect Face Mifare Not use Mifare C Use Data Card View Mifare Layout Card ID Format Format Type Byte Order Bit Order X Station Time Date Manually set the device date with a drop down calendar Time Manually set the device time Sync with Host PC Time Check this box to get the time of the Icoal PC which BioStar client program is installed on The time will be displayed in the Date and Time spin boxes right below this option Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web EE tit 7 5 Customize Settings and
155. editing 78 Input tab BioEntry Plus 148 BioEntry W 148 BioLite Net 158 BioStation 136 BioStation T2 211 D Station 187 FaceStation 225 Xpass 167 Xpass Slim 176 X Station 197 installation BioStar Client 25 BioStar Express 19 BioStar server 20 interlock zone Details tab 244 Interphone tab BioStation T2 210 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web mw supremaine coma203 Index FaceStation 224 L Lift I O overview 12 lifts adding 57 adding users 58 associating with devices 57 configuring 58 setup 57 logging in to BioStar 26 M MIFARE CSN cards 75 MIFARE layout editing 77 MIFARE template cards 76 monitoring 105 muster zone Access Group tab 243 Details tab 243 roll call 107 N Network tab BioEntry Plus 146 BioEntry W 146 BioLite Net 156 BioStation 135 BioStation T2 208 D Station 185 FaceStation 222 Xpass 165 Xpass Slim 174 X Station 195 networking RS232 settings 136 186 209 223 RS485 settings 136 186 196 209 223 server settings 135 185 196 209 223 TCP IP settings 135 185 196 208 209 222 USB settings 136 O operation mode 1 to 1 132 181 193 1 to N 133 182 server matching 165 173 194 Operation mode tab X Station 193 Operation Mode tab BioEntry Plus 144 BioEntry W 144 BioLite Net 153 BioStation 131 BioStation T2 204 D Station 181 FaceStation T2 218 Xpass 164 Xpass Slim 173 Out
156. ee 64 3 4 Setup Elevators LIFTS ssucncsssntencasancntccanneteannesnaannensaicasems nace niaise 65 3 4 1 Add an Elevator sicusacesancaiasoudeateuaderaianannsasenaaud ecenausamnade eiaceensameauasiananes 65 3 4 2 Associate a Device With an Elevator ccc ceeccceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaneeenes 65 3 4 3 Configure an EleVator ccccceeecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeseeeeeeseneeesesaaaes 66 SAA ACO Users to an Elevato vaisressaensadesesstacssanosgdaseosianasanctulargesiasesamutadacteniaan 66 3 4 5 Transfer Settings to an Elevator ccccccseeceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaaaes 67 39 SCP ZONGE cise R ETR 68 3 5 1 Determine Which Zones to USC cccccssceeseeeeseeeeeseeeeseeeessaeeesensenseeeess 68 3 5 2 Add and Configure ZONES cccccceeececceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseaeeeesseneeeesnaaaes 70 30 CUP U CIS eA E E E EE E 15 36 1 Create a User ACCOUNT cecsieeadee sien icnauceacee aiamnienauenacee siae R nin neemune nies 76 3 6 2 Register Fingerprints ceceeeececeseeeeeeeeceneeeeaeeeseaeeeeaeeesaueeseaeeesaeeesenerens Tf CH OPO mmm CPUS Face Ima Meee erent tr te eer ene ee eer ee ee 80 3 6 4 Issue Access CAI OS ect iccisret icra ca tecieathedicie inated aatiec ated ici vd cater atid giant caestatpie 82 B05 an USC Datars snacaunnstan E asanstanmunn E 90 3 6 6 User Data ENCly DUOM tiers sssceusscnenweczieannanadeenses neieoencaseasdes sengaercesennientenatels 93 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On th
157. eeeesseeeens 128 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com IV BioStar 1 8 Administrator Guide 4 3 2 Monitor Doors on a Visual Map ccceccceseeeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeseeeesaeeeess 129 4 4 Control Doors Alarms and Devices Remotely c cccccseeeeeeeees 132 44 1 PCM Or Close DOOS ai cotccsedttontinasiaaeseatioebinaeipaniaatnadanatdpatiadeinadaantd pane 132 4 4 2 Release AlANIMS sieeiiiivenctanavane tat iienciaadivatancbenddeadoiwalanataadseuaweniaiewauetietwens 132 443 LOCK OR UMNO Ce DEVICES areon E Ea 132 4 5 Manage Users cccceccsecceeeceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeaeeseeeseeeeeesaeeneeeaeeseeenes 135 4 5 1 Delete Users n nsnnnnneneeenenerrerreerrrrtrrrtrrrrrtrtrttsrrrrrttnrrrrrrnrrntrrer renerne 135 4 5 2 Transfer Users to Other DepartMent ccccseceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeas 137 4 5 3 Customize User Information Fields cccccccseeeeceseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeas 137 45 4 Exp rt USC Data sisrieri licctigaeisesieetunetigaeinesipetunesigaticetteatunetieeeimesteatane 138 4 5 5 Import User Data cuarrcurtectcend cereus ected eae euler ee eus eet pentuereusuenens 139 4 6 Manage Time and Attendance ccccsssceceeeeecceeeeeceeseesnesseesaeees 140 4 6 1 Monitor T amp A Status via the IO Board cccccceeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeens 140 4 6 2 Generate T amp A REDON S science pestectoens nid veuttectoenl ue veuttectrentuetventteceens 141 46 3 Modi
158. eld Workers who check in within the grace period will be considered to have checked in right at the start of the time slot Grace End Activate and set a grace period for checking out early at the end of the time slot in minutes Click the checkbox to enable the grace period and then specify the length of the grace period in the corresponding field Workers who check out within the grace period will be considered to checked out right at the end of the time slot Rounding In Specify in minutes how to round a user s check in time for example a entry of 5 will round a user s time to the nearest 5 minute decrement Rounding Out Specify in minutes how to round a user s check out time for example an entry of 5 will round a user s time to the nearest 5 minute decrement Auto Check IN Enable or disable this feature to automatically check in a user who has failed to check in for the time slot Auto Check OUT Enable or disable this feature to automatically check out a user who has failed to check out for the time slot Affect Result Allow or disallow data from this time slot to be used to determine overall time and attendance result per one daily schedule c Click Add to add the time slot to the daily schedule 6 Click Apply to save the daily schedule Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 103 3 Setup the BioStar System 3 9 3 Adda Shift To add a shift b 2 Click
159. elect IP Interphone in the Type drop down list specify the following settings VOIP Server IP Specify an IP address for VOIP server VolP Display Name Specify a name to use for communication through the interphone VoIP Phone Number Specify a phone number for the interphone VolP ID Specify a user name to access the VolP server VolP Password Specify a password to access the VolP server Speaker Gain Specify the volume of the speaker Mic Gain Specify the volume of the microphone When you select Videophone in the Type drop down list specify the following settings Mode Specify the videophone purpose Single or Extension Door Control Check this option if the videophone is used for door access Device Password Enter the videophone device password Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web es Te 5 Customize Settings 5 1 9 7 Input tab The input tab lists input settings you have specified for a FaceStation device Buttons at the bottom of the tab allow you to add modify or delete input settings To add or modify settings you must specify them from the Input Setting dialog box For more information about configuring input settings see section 3 10 3 2 Input Setting 50006 Input 0 nN jo On c Not Use Schedule Always Duration ms 9 Device Select the FaceStation device for which you will add or modify settings Port Select an input port Input 0
160. elect a location to save the file Click Next Click Export to begin exporting the user data When the export is complete click Finish 4 5 5 Import User Data User data in comma delimited format CSV can be imported to BioStar To import user data 1 2 Click User in the shortcut pane In the task pane click Import User This will open the Importing dialog box Importing Select File to Import File C Documents and Settings Administrator Desktop userinfo csv Preview Column1 Column2 Column3 Column5 1 Bill McNeal Type a path and filename where the user data is located or click Browse to select a file Click Next The raw data types will be displayed and the User list field will default to Not use Click here to change Click the cell to the right of a data sample This will open the Setup Field dialog box which allows you to map the raw data to a user information field in BioStar Setup Field Select Column to Import o o ooo OM Remove Field Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 139 4 Manage the BioStar System 4 6 6 Map the data to a field by selecting a field label from the drop down list and then click OK Note Up to four department levels can be displayed in BioStar In the CSV file include department levels in the same cell separated by slashes for example Department 1 Department 2 Department 3 and then map the cell to the Depart
161. elect an action to associate with the input Not Use The input port will not be monitored Generic Input The input port will be monitored for a triggering action For the events specified with Detect Input 1 3 in the Output setting dialog box please see section 5 1 4 5 Emergency Open Open doors controlled by this device The normal door open period will be ignored and doors will remain open until an operator sends a Close Door command via the Door Zone Monitoring tab see section 4 4 1 Release All Alarms Cancel alarms associated with this device Restart Device Restart the device Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 192 5 Customize Settings Disable Device Disable the device A disabled device will not communicate with the BioStar server or process fingerprints or card inputs To enable communication again an administrator must enter the master password for a BioStation device or provide authentication locally for a BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W device With BioStar 1 8v LED Green Input LED Red Input Buzzer Input Access Granted Input and Access Denied Input were newly added And these input options are available only with BioStation FW 1 93v BioStation T2 FW 1 3v FaceStation FW 1 3v BioEntry Plus FW 1 6v BioEntry W FW 1 2v BioLite Net FW 1 4v and Xpass FW 1 3v Schedule Set the schedule for the input actions Always Disable or custom schedule Durat
162. eless LAN in the Lan Type drop down list mM KR WN Select one of the preset configurations in the WLAN section Preset 7 Preset 4 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 43 6 3 Setup the BioStar System Click Change Setting in the WLAN section If you choose to use Preset 1 or 2 the following figures will appear Wireless LAN supported BioStation models and D Station WON seting TT eee Preset Preset Name ESsID Wireless Network Key Encryption Strength Preset 1 WPA biostation_wpa Network Authentication WPA PSK Network Key SCC CTC CTT Confirm Key SPCC Se WLAN sg Preset Pre Preset Name ESSID Wireless Network Key Network Authentication Encryption Strength Network Key eee eee eReEe Confirm Key LEE EEE TET TT BioStation T2 and FaceStation WON seng i ae Preset 1 Preset Name WPA ESSID biostar _wpa Wireless Network Key Neto Authenscaton Encryption Strength Network Key ELLLLITITITI Confirm key LLL ELLE EE eT Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 44 3 Setup the BioStar System WLAN Setting Preset Preset 2 Preset Name WEP 128 ESSID biostar_wep Wireless Network Key Network Authentication Shared Key m Encryption Strength WEP Network Key oe ee Confirm Key TET 7 Optional If you choose to configure your own wireless LAN by selecting Preset 3 or 4 the
163. en the Alarm Priority dialog box To show events by user click the User checkbox and then click the ellipsis button to select a user or users from the User Tree or Department Tree dialog box You can select all users by selecting the top level of the user tree To show events for a particular device click the Device ID checkbox and then click the ellipsis button to select a device from the Device Tree dialog box To show only network events for a device you can also click the Only Network History checkbox To show all events leave all the checkboxes unchecked To show the user s image at the bottom of the tab click Show Image For more information about viewing user images see section 4 1 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 176 4 Manage the BioStar System 5 Click Get Log to display the events Period 2011 07 01 fy E Event Priority 0 gt lee Get Log 2011 07 01 EM E User Bs Device ID Network Log Door Zone Monitoring Realtime Monitoring Date Device Device T amp A Event User ID User i Verify Success Card Only 2011 07 01 10 11 53 ALEI Door Relay On y 2011 07 01 10 11 57 112 192 Verify Success Card Only 2011 07 01 10 11 58 FERNS Door Relay On as 2011 07 01 10 12 03 112 192 Verify Success Card Only 7 2011 07 01 10 12 03 112 192 Door Relay On 4 2 4 View Access Logs From the Administrator menu you can view histories of syste
164. en this message appears If you decide to use the express edition in this step you can skip to step 10 The database setup process will be automated when you install the express edition 9 When the Create Database BioStar dialog box appears select a database type MS SQL Server MySQL or Oracle The database server address and port numbers will be automatically populated but you should verify that they are correct S Create database BioStar Select DB Server and authentication method You can also specify the way to authenticate your login using your current credentials or a SQL Login ID and Password Database Database Type IMS SQL Server Database Name BioStar Authentication Server Authentication Windows Authentication Database Server localhost BSServer Pan 1433 ID Password Progress ee Note The default name for the database is always BioStar to prevent unintentional installation of multiple databases on the same system or database server The database Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web ww supremaine com 24 2 Install the BioStar Software name can be changed by editing the DBSetup exe file When patching the database server you will have the option to manually select a datbase 10 If you choose MS SQL Server you must configure the authentication method as well MySQL allows only server authentication e Server authentication this option uses login IDs and passwords to authent
165. eneveun dace 2 6 SAI EST ANS WA cscs tres leasonipace E E E ttmscedoeaniecuteaattmseatenecnnecantens 2 7 O42 PNO TPOS TaD cataniaronacssensen E econ 278 OA FACS Dea a E E 278 544 Face FuUsion TiD ener en enn EE AORERE 279 SAS C TD r E E E 279 5 4 6 T amp A Va i ceccreat cas ratcmturasuaceauins aan vcr paaniadonnienunawma nates 280 Wie Mi gl gical Be lu 610 ee E 281 Cec cy T ceere ee E eee ere eer a 282 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com VI BioStar 1 8 Administrator Guide Warranty and Disclaimers Suprema Warranty Policy Suprema warrants to Buyer subject to the limitations set forth below that each product shall operate in substantial accordance with the published specifications for such product for a period of one 1 year from the date of shipment of products Warranty Period If Buyer notifies Suprema in writing within the Warranty Period of any defects covered by this warranty Suprema shall at its option repair or replace the defective product that is returned to Suprema within the Warranty Period with freight and insurance prepaid by Buyer Such repair or replacement shall be Suprema s exclusive remedy for breach of warranty with respect to the Product This limited warranty shall not extend to any product that has been i subject to unusual physical or electrical stress misuse neglect accident or abuse or damaged by any other external causes il improperly repaired altered or m
166. entication by Administrator Card ID Enter the card ID or click Read Card and place a command card on the reader to automatically populate the fields Command Type Select a type of command card to issue Enroll Card Delete Card or Delete All Card Dddd Display Sound tab The Display Sound tab allows you to customize the LED and buzzer behaviors by event To save changes to these settings you must click Update in the corresponding section for each event Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Command Card T amp A Wiegand Output Signal Event LED Count 0 1 dont use 0 indefinite wooo msec 0 msec 200 msec 0 msec o mec o msec C e Buzzer Count 1 1 dont use 0 indefinite 0 msec 0 msec V Fade Out 0 msec 0 msec V Fade Out o mec o mee Fade Ot Event Specify the affected event by selecting it from the drop down list LED Set the LED behavior for a specified event Count Enter a number of LED cycles for the specified event Enter 0 to enable an infinite loop or 1 to disable the LED Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 7 7 5 Customize Settings Colors Specify up to three display colors from the drop down list The LED will cycle through these colors in order from top to bottom Next to each color enter the duration in milliseconds that the LED should display the selected color and the duratio
167. eplace with the user data imported from the device To protect important user data the following 5 items will not be merged and saved to the server DB e Admin Level Changed only if admin level is Normal User in the server database and Admin User in the device Authentication mode Number of Authentication e Authentication time limit Password2 MERGE AND IMPORT USER DATA 1 Click Option gt User gt Manage Users in Device Check the Merge option Default Option Administrator Help Fingerprint ser E Print Card 7 User Custom Field Setting Access Control Default Access Group Device Transfer Mode Event Manage Users in Device Personal Information Encryption Overwrite Rasttlhise Thararan Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 92 3 Setup the BioStar System 2 In the shortcut pane click User 3 Inthe task pane click Manage Users in Device This will open the Manage Users in Device window Select Target Device User Information E Export CSV File User ID Name Template Num Face Num Access Group Security Level Check Device A E 107561192 168 0 80 B 115 192 168 0 214 S f 12381 192 168 0 112 B 13906 192 168 0 227 ff 17914 192 168 0 141 ff 20900 192 168 0 82 ff 210171192 168 0 114 m mW N hibhibh i DiWiwlNin iN iNmin i WIinlB lOO Salmi pAlwin lea ow J 22684 192 168 0 208 wow J
168. er so that you can check log records of member devices For information about customizing access zones see section 5 3 5 Anti passback zone Use this zone to prevent a user from passing his or her card back to another person or using his or her fingerprint to allow someone else to gain entry The zone supports two types of anti passback restrictions soft and hard When a user violates the anti passback protocol the soft restriction will record the action in the user s log The hard restriction will deny access and record the event in the log when the anti passback protocol is violated For information about customizing anti passback zones see section 5 3 1 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 68 3 Setup the BioStar System e Entrance limit zone Use this zone to restrict the number of times a user can enter an area The entrance limit can be tied to a timezone so that a user is restricted to a maximum number of entries during a specified time span You can also set time limits for reentry to enforce a timed anti passback restriction For information about customizing entrance limit zones see section 5 3 2 e Alarm zone Use this zone to group inputs from multiple devices into a single alarm zone Devices in the alarm zone can be simultaneously armed or disarmed via an arm or disarm card or a key For more information about configuring alarm zones see sections 3 5 2 4 3 5 2 5 3 5 2 6 and 5 3 3 e Fire alarm zo
169. er ID fingerprint template or card ID to the server to verify a match This mode is useful when you have more users than can be downloaded to a device or user information cannot be distributed due to security concerns Matching Timeout Set the length of time before the device will timeout when trying to identify a fingerprint match within the device itself or via the server 3 7 70 15 20 30 sec Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web nrusuoremainc com Oe Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web siacnensashieiinaansai tee 5 Customize Settings Mifare Not use Mifare Check this box to disable MIFARE card authorization Use Template on Card Check this box to use the template on the MIFARE card for authorization View Mifare Layout Click this button to view the MIFARE layout used by the device For more information about configuring MIFARE layouts please see section 3 6 4 7 e Card ID Format Note Note Format Type Set the type of pre processing to occur on card ID data Normal or Wiegand If Normal is selected the card ID data will be processed in its original form If Wiegand is selected devices will interpret card ID data according to the Wiegand format settings Byte Order Specify whether to swap ID card data between cards and devices by most significant byte MSB or least significant byte LSB Bit Order Specify whether to swap ID card data between cards and devices by mos
170. er access card on the device to continue Place the user s access card on the device Place the delete card on the device again to confirm the action 4 5 1 2 Delete all users via command cards After issuing command cards you can delete all users directly from a BioEntry Plus BioEntry W Xpass or Xpass Slim device For more information about issuing command cards see section 3 2 6 1 and 3 2 8 1 To delete all users directly from a BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W device via command cards 1 Place a delete all card command card on a BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W device If authorization is required an administrator must scan his or her fingerprints to continue Place the delete all card on the device again to confirm the action To delete all users directly from an Xpass or Xpass Slim device via command cards 1 2 Place a delete all card command card on an Xpass or Xpass Slim device If authorization is required an administrator must place his or her access card on the device to continue Place the delete all card on the device again to confirm the action Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 136 4 Manage the BioStar System 4 5 2 Transfer Users to Other Departments BioStar makes moving users to other departments very simple Before transferring a user you must create a department To create a department 1 2 3 4 Click User in the shortcut pane In the na
171. er access group data to devices 1 Click Access Control in the shortcut pane 2 Inthe task pane click Transfer to Device This will open the Device Tree dialog box 3 Select a device or devices by clicking the checkboxes in the Device Tree dialog box 4 Click OK 3 8 5 Check for Access Rules by Device You can check the access rules applied for devices by viewing access groups timezone and holiday schedules by device You can also maintain the idential configuration data across the server and devices by either transferring or deleting the data that is inconsistent between them Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 99 3 Setup the BioStar System 3 9 To check access groups configured in each device Up 2 Click Access Control in the shortcut pane In the task pane click Manage Access Group in Device This will open the Device Tree dialog box Select a device in the Device tree pane Select Access Group Timezone or Hoilday Schedule below the Device tree pane to view how they are configured in each device The configuration data to the corresponding options will be displayed in the right pane The data will be highlited in the following colors depending on whether they are applied in the server a device or both e Yellow Indicates that the configuration data in both the device and the server are identical Red Indicates that the configuration data in the device and the server are
172. er intellectual property right Suprema products are not intended for use in medical lifesaving or life sustaining applications or other applications in which the failure of the Suprema product could create a situation where personal injury or death may occur Should Buyer purchase or use Suprema products for any such unintended or unauthorized application Buyer shall indemnify and hold Suprema and its officers employees subsidiaries affiliates and distributors harmless against all claims costs damages expenses and reasonable attorney fees arising out of directly or indirectly any claim of personal injury or death associated with such unintended or unauthorized use even if such claim alleges that Suprema was negligent regarding the design or manufacture of the part Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com VII BioStar 1 8 Administrator Guide Suprema reserves the right to make changes to specifications and product descriptions at any time without notice to improve reliability function or design Designers must not rely on the absence or characteristics of any features or instructions marked reserved or undefined Supreme reserves these for future definition and shall have no responsibility whatsoever for conflicts or incompatibilities arising from future changes to them Please contact Suprema local Suprema sales representatives or local distributors to obtain the latest specifications before placing your o
173. er options 1 N Schedule Set a schedule for using fingerprint only authentication Always Disable or custom schedule 1 N Operation Mode Set a method for activating the fingerprint sensor Auto Ok Function Key or None Private Auth Set the device to allow a private authorization method Disable or Enable f enabled the authentication mode of the user will be determined by a user s Authorization setting which is located on the Details tab If disabled the authentication mode will be determined by operation mode settings of the device Double Mode Set the device to require authentication of two users access cards or fingerprints Always Disable or custom schedule The timeout for presenting the second authentication is 15 seconds Fast ID Matching Set the device to allow quicker authentication by requiring users to input only the first two digits of the user ID and scan a single fingerprint Enable or Disable This option attempts authentication for a smaller subset of users only those with the same first two digits in their user IDs to increase matching speed Note This option does not support server matching see 5 1 1 2 When using function keys for T amp A events see 5 1 1 8 only keys F1 F4 are supported BioStation V1 7 and higher Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 15 7 5 Customize Settings Interphone Set the device to act as an interphone to allow communication betwee
174. eriod unit which regular work hours are based on and enter the amount of regular work corresponding to the period The work hours that have exceeded the regular time would be considered overtime work and reported 3 Click OK Note To successfully display overtime hours in a report you should set the start day of the periold to Sunday of the week that you want to check for Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 143 4 Manage the BioStar System 4 6 3 Modify T amp A Reports Time and attendance data can be modified for time reporting or payroll purposes After generating a T amp A report you can locate cells that you want to modify and then click the cell and enter a new value or select an option from the drop down list This will save the modification to the report but it will not overwrite the original data collected from access control devices If you want to reproduce the report with the original data click the checkbox next to Rebuild and then click Update Report To perform detailed modifications on report data 1 Generate a T amp A report as described in 4 5 2 2 Right click a cell and click Detailed editing This will open the Edit Data dialog box 2009 04 01 Bill McNeal User ID 1 Non Working day Event date Event time Device 2009 04 01 15 00 00 12641 61 83 152 1 Event Property This Day v Time 3 00 00 PM s v Device 12641 61 83 15 v Add Even
175. erprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Wiegand Mode Extended Wiegand Input _ Wiegand User Wiegand Output Disabled Wiegand Format Format Custom Format Change Format ECCC CCII IIIT IIOX EXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX ee NANN XANN XANN XAXNN RRAK XANAX XXNX XXNX I ID bit C Custom ID bit O ParityBit Odd E ParityBit Even X Undefined FC Code Disable Pulse Width us 40 20 100 us Field Default Values Field 0 z 0 Pulse Interval us 10000 200 20000 us Fail Code Value Use Fail Code b Select Extended in the Wiegand Mode drop down list c Select Wiegand Card in the Wiegand Input drop down list d Click Apply at the bottom of the pane 6 Inthe navigation pane right click the BioStation device name and then click Add RF Device Note For more information about using your third party RF device consult the user guidance for the RF device The Wiegand format must be configured properly to ensure compatibility with third party RF devices 3 2 4 Connect a Device via Wireless LAN Certain BioStation devices BSTW OC BSTW TC BSRW OC BSRW TC and BioStation T2 D Station FaceStation support wireless LAN connections To configure the settings for a wireless LAN connection 1 Click Device in the shortcut pane Click a device name in the navigation pane Click the Network tab in the Device pane Select Wir
176. esaeeeeessneeessaneeeeas 39 3 2 2 Search for and Add Slave Devices ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeesaaeeeeeeaeees 41 Io PRGA DOV CE e E A E tucks 42 3 2 4 Connect a Device via Wireless LAN ccccseeeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeesseeeeseeeesaeeeess 43 3 2 5 Configure a BioStation UCVICC sa msnccrsntuerienduennesannimsiaenenuactiueniecnineons 45 3 2 6 Configure a BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W DeVICE c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 47 3 2 7 Configure a BioLite Net Device ccccceeecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeeeenaeees 49 3 2 8 Configure an Xpass or Xpass Slim De VICEC cccseceeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 50 3 2 9 Configure a D Station Device iccusiieccnsiisaccossidacepsstasapusadusapscunasenncelonmacnias 52 3 2 10 Configure an X Station Device ccececcseeeeeecceeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseaeeeeesaeeeeesaeaes 54 3 2 11 Configure a BioStation T2 Device wiucoscssereasataectonasoumaasanctaransqennersouctanntas 55 3 2 12 Configure a FaceStation DeVICE cccccseeceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeessaseeeenaaaes 58 3 2 13 Change Wiegand FOMMNALS wiessicessssaseessxiesosssaacsinwensacenenaeaseecsuiascevexanseupinas 59 2o UP DOO e E E E eee ete 63 221l Aada DOON eae AEAEE EA EREE EEEE E 63 3 3 2 Associate a Device With a DOO cecececccceeeceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeesaaeeeesaneeenen 63 3939 Conngure a DOOM sacncaanetecaaasncncreacusssnasausoteniaunsomasaunadenateceinnananedenaseaaseneses 64 Siow Geaca DOO Gi OU oran aa a anesecasenesi
177. escending orders You can also rearrange the columns by dragging and dropping column headers in a new location 4 6 4 Print or Export T amp A Report Data To print or export T amp A report data 7 Generate a T amp A report as described in 4 5 2 and make any necessary modifications as described in 4 5 3 2 Click View Report This will open a preview window similar to the one below lS Aho w Daily Report 6 8 2009 6 1 1 2009 6 8 2009 UserName Department Shift Name Daily SchedtFirst In TireLast Out TinResult First In Last Out All night SanEarly duty SSwing Shift WorkTime Bill McN eal i on Workir Kalvin Jord Devs Danny Mich Devs Hodir JonesDevs Ignis Smith Devs Freya GondDevs 200944 062 122 Friday 10 1 7094M lt 3 To print the report click the print icon on the toolbar 4 To export report data click the export icon on the toolbar and then select an export format and a destination You can export data in the following formats Adobe Acrobat PDF Crystal Report RPT HTML 3 2 or 4 0 Microsoft Excel 97 2000 or Microsoft Excel 97 2000 data only XLS Microsoft Word or Microsoft Word editable RTF Open Database Connectivity ODBC Record Style Columns with spaces REC Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 145 4 Manage the BioStar System 4 7 Report Definition TXT Rich Text Format RTF e Comma Separated Values CSV e Tab Separated Text TTX e Text T
178. ettings Detect Face Set the device to capture a face image Upon successful authentication the captured image is stored in the event log and can be used later for verification purposes Face Fusion Set the device to use face fusion for authentication This setting can improve authentication rates for some users This setting can be used in conjunction with either the Fast Mode or the Fusion Mode in the Two Sensor Mode setting Fusion Time out Set the device to automatically time out after a specified number of minutes if authentication is unsuccessful 1 20 Interphone Set the device to act as an interphone to allow communication between people on either side of the door Not Use or Use Other options Private Auth Set the device to allow a private authorization method Disable or Enable f enabled the authentication mode of the user will be determined by a user s Authorization setting which is located on the Details tab If disabled the authentication mode will be determined by operation mode settings of the device Double Mode Set the device to require authentication of two users access cards or fingerprints Always or No Time The timeout for presenting the second authentication is 15 seconds Mifare Not use Mifare Check this box to disable MIFARE card authorization Use Template on Card Ceck this box to use the template on the MIFARE card for authorization
179. etwork Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand BioStation Time C Sync with Host PC Time pote mon E e oF E 1 1 Operation Mode 1 N Schedule Always v ID Card Fingerprint Disable v f 1 N Operation Mode Auto v ID Card Passwor d Disable v f 7 Private Auth Enable v ID Card Fingerprint Password Always v Double Mode Disable v Card Only Disable v ID Card Fingerprint Disable Al Disable j Password Mifare E Not use Mifare Use Template on Card View Mifare Layout Card ID Format Format Type Normal v Byte Order MSB v Bit Order MSB v 3 Configure device information on the following tabs For an explanation of device settings please see section 5 1 1 e Operation mode Use this tab to set the device time or retrieve it from a host PC and adjust settings for operation modes Fingerprint Use this tab to specify security quality matching and timeout settings for fingerprint recognition Network Use this tab to specify settings for LAN or serial connections e Access Control Use this tab to specify entrance limits and default access groups for an individual device Input Use this tab to add modify or delete input settings for the device e Output Use this tab to add modify or delete output settings for the device Black List Use this tab to block access through a particular card e g a card which h
180. f the access control system via settings for device functions door and zone behaviors and user accounts While most device settings are similar for BioStation BioEntry Plus BioEntry W BioLite Net Xpass Xpass Slim D Station and X Station devices the devices provide slightly different capabilities The sections that follow describe the settings for each device separately To access the tabs described below click Device in the shortcut pane then click a device name The sections that follow describe the settings available for BioStation devices Customize the way BioStation devices function by changing these settings to suit your particular environment and operational needs Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 149 5 Customize Settings 5 1 1 1 Operation Mode tab The Operation Mode tab allows you to customize time and various operation modes settings for BioStation devices Operation Made Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand BioStation Time E Get Host PC Time Date 2014 0414 Jy Tme F 2 46 04 H l SetDevice Time 1 1 Operation Mode a LN Schedule Always ka ID Card Fingerprint No Time hal LN Operation Mode Auto ka ID Card Password No Time a Private Auth Disable ID Card Fingerprint Password Always i es Double Mode No Time Card Only No Time oe
181. feature that supports both video and voice calls The supplied PC software is required The BioStar vidoephone works only with the device firmware version of FaceStation V1 0 or later When you select IP Interphone in the Type drop down list specify the following settings VOIP Server IP Specify an IP address for VOIP server VolP Display Name Specify a name to use for communication through the interphone VoIP Phone Number Specify a phone number for the interphone VolP ID Specify a user name to access the VolP server VolP Password Specify a password to access the VolP server Speaker Gain Specify the volume of the speaker Mic Gain Specify the volume of the microphone When you select Videophone in the Type drop down list specify the following settings Mode Specify the videophone purpose Single or Extension Door Control Check this option if the videophone is used for door access Device Password Enter the videophone device password Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web E E 14 5 Customize S ettings 5 1 6 7 Input tab The input tab lists input settings you have specified for a D Station device Buttons at the bottom of the tab allow you to add modify or delete input settings To add or modify settings you must specify them from the Input Setting dialog box For more information about configuring input settings see section 3 10 3 2 Input Setting Device P
182. figure alarm actions to specify what alerts to receive if any and which ports and relays to use for alarm outputs The Alarm tab in the Zone pane offers the following options for all zones except access zones For more information about alarms see sections 3 5 2 5 and 3 10 Program Sound Set a sound to be emitted by the software at the host computer or BioStar Server To add custom sounds please see section 3 10 1 2 Device Sound Set a sound to be emitted by a particular device Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 2 3 Setup the BioStar System Send Email Create an email alert to send when an alarm is activated and select recipients or email alerts For more information about email alerts see section 3 10 2 Output Device Specify a device that will send an alarm signal to an external device such as an alarm siren Output Port Specify the port to use for an output signal Output Signal Specify a type of output signal 3 5 2 5 Configure arm and disarm settings After adding an alarm zone you can configure the actions that will arm and disarm the zone To configure arm and disarm settings 1 2 3 4 Click Doors in the shortcut pane In the navigation pane click the name of an alarm zone Click the Details tab in the Zone pane Click Setup to the right of Arm Disarm Type This will open the Arm Disarm Setting dialog box Arm Disarm Setting Card BioStation BioE
183. for a BioStation T2 device Operation Mode Fingerprint Camera Network Interphone Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Entrance Limit Setting Timed APB min 0 Option 1 0000 0000 Max Number of Entrance Option 2 0000 0000 Max Number of Entrance Option 3 0000 0000 Max Number of Entrance Option 4 0000 0000 Max Number of Entrance Default Group Setting Default Group Full Access v Entrance Limit Setting Timed APB min Set the duration in minutes that a user will be unable to regain entry to an area via the device Once a user has gained entry the device will reject the user s ID access card or fingerprint authorization for the time period specified here Option 1 4 Click the checkbox to enable an entrance limit setting and then specify the effective hours for the entrance limit Max Number of Entrance Set the maximum number of entries allowed during the specified time limit Default Group Setting Select a default access group to be applied to new users who have not been assigned to another access group 5 1 8 6 Interphone tab The Interphone tab allows you to set the device to act as an interphone to allow communication between people on either side of the door Operation Mode Fingerprint Camera Network Access Control Interphone Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Type select o
184. fy TAA RED ONS irirna EEE EE AE EEA EEE EA 144 4 6 4 Print or Export T amp A Report Data ccccecccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeseeesaeeees 145 Bd Manage DEVICES aetoencttnreoteneonenieenennnocacinenenioenesanceeeeetteoncanceerean eu 146 4 7 1 Remove DOVICES ccccccecceseeceeeeeeeeseeeenseeeeseeneeeneeseaeenseeseseenentenseeseeens 146 4 7 2 Upgrade Device Firmware cccccccecceseeeceeeeeeeeneeeesaeeeseaeeeesaaeeeesaneeenas 146 4 7 3 Downgrade Device Firmware ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesaaeeeseaeeeeeas 147 4 8 Activate Fingerprint ENcryption cccccsseeecsseeceeeeeseeeeceeeeseeeeenanees 147 4 9 Change the Fingerprint Template cccccsssececsseeecseeeeeseeeeesaeeees 148 05 Sc iac tien cascce rece siecaresatemec sarepenemeeceeect quest 149 5 1 Customize Device Settings ccccccecesssceceeeeecseeeseeeeeeeeeenseeessseesnees 149 5 1 1 Customize Settings for BioStation Devices cccccsseseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 149 5 1 2 Customize Settings for BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W Devices 162 5 1 3 Customize Settings for BioLite Net Devices ccccseeeeeseeeeeeaeeeeesaeeees 173 5 1 4 Customize Settings for Xpass Devices sccccccseeeecceeeeeeseeeeesseeeeesaaeees 186 5 1 5 Customize Settings for Xpass Slim De VICES ccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeees 197 5 1 6 Customize Settings for D Station Devices ccccccseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeesaeeees 207 5 1
185. g information fields 7 From the menu bar click Option gt User gt Custom Field Setting This will open the Custom Fields Management dialog box see section 4 5 3 1 Click the item you want to modify in the list at the bottom The data will appear in the fields at the top of the screen Note Items 1 4 are required fields and cannot be modified or deleted NA wm 4 5 4 Modify the data as desired Click Modify Repeat steps 2 4 as desired to modify additional information fields When you are finished click Save Export User Data Exported user data is formatted as a comma delimited file CSV which can be edited with a text editor or Microsoft Excel To export user data 7 Click User in the shortcut pane 2 Inthe task pane click Export User This will open the Exporting dialog box Exporting Select fields to export ee Unselected Field list Selected Field list User ID Expire Date Admin Level Access Group4 E Show Column Name Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 138 4 Manage the BioStar System Select types of user data to export by clicking items in the list on the left and then clicking gt Optional Click Show Column Name below the selected filed list to include a field s column name with its data in an exported file After selecting all the types of user data to export click Next Type a path and filename for the user data or click Browse to s
186. gained entry the device will reject the user s card or fingerprint authorization for the time period specified here Option 1 4 Click the checkbox to enable an entrance limit setting and then specify the effective hours for the entrance limit Max Number of Entrance Set the maximum number of entries allowed during the specified time limit Default Access Group Setting Select a default access group to be applied to new users who have not been assigned to another access group Automatic T amp A Mode Change Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 1607 5 Customize S Deland ettings T amp A Mode Set the time and attendance mode for the device Disable Fixed In Fixed Out and Auto Fixed Entrance When the Auto T amp A mode is selected specify when to allow entrance events by selecting a timezone Always Disable or custom timezone in the drop down list For more information on creating a timezone pleas see section 3 7 1 Fixed Exit Time When the Auto T amp A mode is selected specify when to allow exit events by selecting a timezone Always Disable or custom timezone in the drop down list For more information on creating a timezone please see section 3 7 1 In Event Caption Set a caption for check in Out Event Caption Set a caption for check out Input tab The input tab lists input settings you have specified for a BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W device Buttons at the
187. gnal setting that you have previously configured from the menu bar Option gt Event gt Output Port Setting Priority Set a priority for the event Only an event with an equal or higher priority 1 is the highest can override a previous event For example an alarm on activate event with a priority of 2 can be canceled only by an alarm off deactivate event with a priority of 1 or 2 Alarm Off Event Specify settings and click Add to add the event to the Alarm Off Event list These events will deactivate an alarm 5 1 4 6 5 1 4 7 Event Select an event that will deactivate an alarm Auth Success Auth Fail Auth Duress Anti passback Fail Access Not Granted Entrance Limited Admin Auth Success Tamper On Door Opened Door Close Forced Open Door Held Open Door or Detect Input 7 3 Device Select the device to monitor for an alarm event Priority Set a priority for the event Only an event with an equal or higher priority 1 is the highest can override a previous event For example an alarm on event activate can be overridden only by an alarm off deactivate event with a priority of 1 or 2 Blacklist From BioStar 1 8 Blacklist feature is supported with Xpass This feature is available only with FW 1 3v or higher Command Card tab The Command Card tab allows you to issue command cards For more information about command cards please see section 3 2 8 1 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the w
188. gs To add or modify settings you must specify them from the Input Setting dialog box For more information about configuring input settings see section 3 10 3 2 Input Setting 50006 Input 0 NnN o Function Not Use Schedule Always Duration ms lo Device Select the X Station device for which you will add or modify settings Port Select an input port Input 0 Input 1 or Tamper For Secure O devices these settings are available Input 0 Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 Switch Click the radio buttons to specify the normal position of the input switch N O normally open or N C normally closed Function Select an action to associate with the input Not Use The input port will not be monitored Generic Input The input port will be monitored for a triggering action For the events specified with Detect Input 0 3 in the Output Setting dialog box please see section 5 1 1 6 Emergency Open Open doors controlled by this device The normal door open period will be ignored and doors will remain open until an operator sends a Close Door command via the Door Zone Monitoring tab see section 4 4 1 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web ww supremaine com 2220 5 Customize Settings Release All Alarms Cancel alarms associated with this device Restart Device Restart the device Disable Device Disable the device A disabled device will not communicate w
189. gs are available nput 0 Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 Switch Click the radio buttons to specify the normal position of the input switch N O normally open or N C normally closed Function Select an action to associate with the input Not Use The input port will not be monitored Generic Input The input port will be monitored for a triggering action For the events specified with Detect Input 1 3 in the Output setting dialog box please see section 5 1 3 6 Emergency Open Open doors controlled by this device The normal door open period will be ignored and doors will remain open until an operator sends a Close Door command via the Door Zone Monitoring tab see section 4 4 1 Release All Alarms Cancel alarms associated with this device Restart Device Restart the device Disable Device Disable the device A disabled device will not communicate with the BioStar server or process fingerprints or card inputs To enable communication again an administrator must enter the master password for a BioStation device or provide authentication locally for a BioLite Net device With BioStar 1 8v LED Green Input LED Red Input Buzzer Input Access Granted Input and Access Denied Input were newly added And these input options are available only with BioStation FW 1 93v Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 180 5 Customize Settings BioStation T2 FW 1 3v FaceStation FW 1 3v BioEntry P
190. he BioStar system For information about installing physical devices and integrating them with door components refer to the user guide that accompanies each device 3 3 1 Add a Door To add a door 1 Click Doors in the shortcut pane 2 Inthe task pane click Add New Door 3 Right click New Door click Rename and type a name for the door 3 3 2 Associate a Device With a Door BioStar allows you to associate a maximum of two devices with each door When using two devices on a door the devices should be connected to each other via RS485 See section 5 2 for an explanation of door settings To associate a device with a door 1 Click Doors in the shortcut pane 2 Right click a door and click Add Device 3 Select a device from the Device Tree dialog box by clicking the checkbox next to a device name Device Tree C158 device 25183 61 83 152 176 CEA 50006 61 83 152 175 4 Click OK Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 63 3 Setup the BioStar System 3 3 3 Configure a Door i 2 4 Click Doors in the shortcut pane Click the name of a door in the navigation pane This will open a Doors pane similar to the one below Basic Information Name New Door Description Details Alarm Access Group Event Inside Device Disable Outside Device Unlock Time No Time Lock Time IO Device Disable Door Relay Exit Button Disable Door Status Switch Type N O Switch
191. he appropriate squares Click the Odd Parity button O on the right and assign an odd parity bit by clicking on the appropriate squares Click Next In the Wiegand Configuration Parity dialog box select the bits that will be used to calculate the first parity bit Wiegand Configuration Parity Choose bits for calculating parity 1 2 Parities 0A RTOS feo s OOO O0OO O0O DUS 2 RRR SH es a lt lt DEANNANAE Soo Initalialize me 63 E eo TE aa As necessary click gt gt and select the bits that will be used to calculate additional parity bits You must perform this step for each parity bit you assigned in steps 4 and 5 If necessary you can click Initialize to reset the selection Click Next In the Wiegand Configuration Alternative Value dialog box select a field to customize non ID bits only Wiegand Configuration Alternative Value 26 Bit Standard Custom Format Field Non ID Bit 10 to Bit 25 Alt Value Cancel Click the Alt Value checkbox and enter a new value for the output string Repeat steps 10 11 as necessary to customize the rest of the output string Click Finish to close the wizard Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 67 3 Setup the BioStar System 3 3 Setup Doors This section describes how to setup doors within t
192. he specified sound will play until someone with administrative privileges manually stops the sound via the Realtime Monitoring tab in the Monitoring pane To add custom sounds to the list see section 3 10 1 2 Device Sound Activate and select a sound to be emitted by devices connected to the door Send Email Activate and setup emails to be sent by the system For more information about sending alert emails see section 3 10 2 Output Device Activate and select a device to output an alarm signal Output Port Select an output port to use when sending the alarm signal Output Signal Select an output signal to send 5 3 Customize Zone Settings Customize the way zones function by changing the settings to suit your particular environment and operational needs To access the tabs described below click Doors in the shortcut pane then click a zone name 5 3 1 Customize Settings for Anti Passback Zones The sections below describe the settings available for anti passback zones Customize the way the zone functions by changing these settings to suit your particular environment and operational needs Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine coma2 OO 5 Customize Settings 5 3 1 1 Details tab The Details tab allows you to specify which anti passback type to use for a zone and the reset period for the anti passback feature Alarm Access Group Event APE Type Soft ka
193. hours outside the normal schedule You can specify authentication modes either by device or by user see section 5 4 1 Unless a particular mode is specified for a user the device authentication mode will apply ID Card Fingerprint Set the device to require ID or card plus fingerprint authorization Always or No Time ID Card Password Set the device to require ID or card plus password authorization Always or No Time ID Card Fingerprint Password Set the device to require ID or card plus fingerprint or password authorization Always or No Time Card Only Set the device to require only card authorization Always or No Time ID Card Fingerprint Password Set the device to require ID or card plus fingerprint plus password authorization Always or No Time 1 N Operation 1 N Schedule Set a schedule for using fingerprint only authentication Always or No Time 1 N Operation Mode Set a method for activating the fingerprint sensor Auto Ok Function Key or None Two Sensor Mode Fast Mode The device will provide the quickest authentication Fusion Mode Authentication is provided by a fusion algorithm that allowes users to scan either of two registered fingers and increases the authentication rate for each finger Twin Mode Each sensor works independently to authenticate up to two users simultaneously Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine com 200 5 Customize S
194. how to round a user s work time for example a entry of 5 will round a user s work time to the nearest 5 minute decrement e Display Color Set how the time category will appear in the daily schedule 5 Click Apply to save the time category Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 10 1 3 Setup the BioStar System 3 9 2 Adda Daily Schedule BioStar versions 1 35 and higher support a maximum of 256 daily schedules To add a daily schedule 1 2 Click Time and Attendance in the shortcut pane In the task pane click Add Daily Schedule This will open a Daily Schedule pane similar to the one below Daily Schedule A Basic Information Name DailySchedule Sample Description Details Day Start Time 5s W p V First Check In Last Check Out 0 12 18 24 covet coy II 0 T TimeCategory Start End Time Grace Start Grace End Rounding In Rounding Early duty Sample 05 00 08 00 0 0 10 10 Hours of duty Sample 08 00 12 00 1 1 10 10 Hours of duty Sample 13 00 17 00 0 0 10 10 Night duty Sample 19 00 00 00 1 0 0 10 10 All night Sample 00 00 1 05 00 1 0 0 10 10 pet Start Time 0 10 E F Next End Time 0 0 2 C Next c a Modify _ Time Category All night Sample v E Minimum Duration 0 Grace Start Rounding In 0 ecto Delete All Srace e
195. i passback Fail Access Not Granted Entrance Limited Admin Auth Success Tamper On Door Opened Door Close Forced Open Door Held Open Door or Detect Input 1 3 Device Select the device to monitor for an alarm event Priority Set a priority for the event Only an event with an equal or higher priority 1 is the highest can override a previous event For example an alarm on event activate can be overridden only by an alarm off deactivate event with a priority of 1 or 2 Black List tab The Black List tab allows you to register user IDs or access card numbers and prevent them from being authenticated with the device Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Command Card Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Total 0 Count 1000 No User ID Card No Type Current Count The total number of user IDs and access cards that have been registered Reserved The remaining number of user IDs and access cards that can be registered Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 1 0 5 Customize Settings 5 1 2 8 Command Card tab The Command Card tab allows you to issue command cards For more information about command cards see section 3 2 6 1 Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Card ID 0 0 Command Type Enroll Card X T Need Auth
196. icate users that are created by and stored on the SQL Server These credentials are not based on Windows user accounts Users connecting via server authentication must provide their credentials every time that they connect e Windows authentication this option uses Windows users accounts for authentication When users connect through a Windows user account the SQL Server validates the account name and password using the Windows principal token in the operating system The SQL Server does not ask for a password and does not independently validate user identification Windows authentication is the default authentication mode for MS SQL Server Note You must choose the authentication mode that is supported by the database You must also provide the proper credentials to create new tables in the database 17 Click Setup to create the SQL database 12 When the SQL database setup is complete click Finish 13 The setup program will perform a few remaining processes before the server installation is complete Click Finish Note BioStar versions 1 3 and higher include drivers for connecting BioStation and D Station devices via USB in Windows 7 These drivers will not work with older versions of BioStar If you are using an older version of BioStar be sure to install the correct USB drivers 2 3 1 Configure the MySQL Database BioStar cannot use the MySQL database if the maximum packet size is less than 16MB To configure the maximum packet
197. ice Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Current Count 1 Reserved 999 No User ID Card No Type 1 0 User ID Current Count The total number of user IDs and access cards that have been registered Reserved The remaining number of user IDs and access cards that can be registered Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 182 5 Customize Settings 5 1 3 8 Display Sound tab The Display Sound tab allows you to customize LED and buzzer behaviors by event To save changes to these settings you must click Update in the corresponding section for each event You can also customize the language used on the device display Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Output Signal Event LED Count Buzzer Count Language Resource File STATUS_NORMAL 1 dont use indefinite nee rae nse 1 dont use amp indefinite Po Event Specify the affected event by selecting it from the drop down list LED Set the LED behavior for a specified event Count Enter a number of LED cycles for the specified event Enter 0 to enable an infinite loop or 1 to disable the LED Colors Specify up to three display colors from the drop down list The LED will cycle through these colors
198. ices and device settings see sections 3 2 and 5 1 3 10 3 1 Configure outputs to external devices You may choose to have certain devices send signals to external devices such as alarm sirens when selected events occur To configure outputs 7 2 3 4 Click Device in the shortcut pane In the navigation pane click a device name In the Device pane click the Output tab Click Add at the bottom of the pane This will open the Output Setting dialog box Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 7 13 3 Setup the BioStar System Output Setting Device Type 50006 Relay 0 Alarm On Event Auth Success 50006 Signal Setting Signali Priority 1 Alarm Off Event Auth Success 50006 1 Save Cancel 5 Configure actions that will activate send a signal to a specified output relay a In the Alarm On Event section select an event from the first drop down list b Select the device number or All Device from the second drop down list Select a signal setting from the third drop down list d Enter a priority for the event Only an event with an equal or higher priority 1 is the highest can override a previous event For example an alarm on activate event with a priority of 2 can be canceled only by an alarm off deactivate event with a priority of 1 or 2 e Click Add 6 Configure actions that will turn off stop sending a signal to an activated out
199. ick the plus sign to locate and add a new image file Sound Click this checkbox to enable and add custom event sounds Click an event from the list and then click the plus sign to locate and add a new sound file ope eel T amp A tab The T amp A tab allows you to configure the mode and key settings for a BioStation device To save changes to time and attendance settings you must click Apply at the bottom of the tab You can also apply the same settings to other devices by clicking Apply to Others Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Auto change ka Schedule Fixed or Not Use Relay Morning Not Use Lise T amp A Mode Afternoon Not Use Use Always Uze Use Check Out Disable Not Use Lise T amp A Key Function Key Fixed Event Add Auto Mode Schedule Event Type Check In Ww Delete All Regard as normal check in check out event e T amp A Mode Set the time and attendance mode Not Use Disable the time and attendance functions for this device Manual Users must press the specified key every time they enter or leave to record their T amp A events Manual Fix When a T amp A key is pressed the device will remain in that mode until a different T amp A key is pressed Auto change The device will automatically change T amp A modes to correspond with the functions specified for a time period Event Fix The devi
200. icking Delete For more information about configuring time and attendance please see section 3 9 Details Fingerprints Face Face Fusion Card Access Control T amp A Event No Shift Start Date End Date 1 1970 01 01 1970 01 01 2 2008 Shift 2008 01 01 2006 12 31 Shift Management Holiday Rules Management No Holiday Rules Leave Management pe Start Date 2009 05 12 2009 06 09 e Shift Management Specify which shifts apply to the user e Holiday Rules Management Specify which holiday rules apply to the user e Leave Management Specify leave for the user Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web ww supremaine coma2O O Technical Support If you have any questions regarding this document or BioStar software please contact technical support at support supremainc com Please provide the following information for prompt and easy assistance e Contact information and available times e Version of BioStar and device model name e g BioStar 1 8 BioStation e Error messages and description on problems Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web er O 7 Glossary access card A card that can be used to grant or restrict access to a specific area BioStar supports MIFARE EM4100 HID proximity iCLASS and FeliCa cards See also proximity card access control system A system of physical mechanisms and controls that permit or deny access to a particular resource or physical area BioStar is an I
201. igation pane This will open a Device pane similar to the one below Device e Name 33335 192 168 0 210 Device ID 33335 Firmware V1 0_111212 Device Type XPSM Network Access Control Input Output Command Card Display Sound Wiegand Xpass Slim Time Sync with Host PC Time Date 1 2 2012 Br Time 11 31 19AM GetTime SetTime Operation Mode Card Only Always v F Double Mode Server Matching Disable Mifare ot use Mifare Use Data Card Card ID Format Format Type Normal Byte Order MSB v Bit Order MSB v ad Modify Delete Apply to Others Apply 3 Configure device information on the following tabs For an explanation of device settings see section 5 1 4 Xpass or 5 1 5 Xpass Slim Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 50 3 Setup the BioStar System e Operation mode Use this tab to set the device time or retrieve it from a host PC adjust settings for operation modes and adjust settings for card ID formats Xpass Slime devices do not support the Mifare template cards Network Use this tab to specify settings for LAN or serial connections e Access Control Use this tab to specify entrance limits and access groups Input Use this tab to add or modify inputs to the device e Output Use this tab to add or modify outputs from the device e Command Card Use this tab to issue command cards that can control Xpass or Xpass Slim devices
202. il ma Coor Acknowledge Click the Setup button and the Email Setting window will open Fill in Sender Info and click the Add button Click the Add button Click the Contents button and you can modify the e mail contents settings Contents Setting EMail Format Setting Title BioStar Alarming Message EMail Setting by Priority Priority x Title Message Add Delete Email contents can be applied to each Priority by using gt gt button Click Add to open Email Format window Select among six items in Add Real Data section to be added to Message These items are allocated to the actual data at the designated location when email is sent out For example DATE is changed to the actual date and time of the event and USER is changed to the actual user name Message items can be deleted manually Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 1 12 3 Setup the BioStar System EMail Format Titie BioStar Alarming Message date 2014 04 10 11 46 34 user id Event Door Relay On date DATE user id USER Event EVENT Add Real Data vr 3 10 3 Configure Settings for External Devices When using external devices with BioStar you must configure settings to determine what actions will occur in response to input signals For more information about configuring dev
203. imeout Set the length of time before the display will return to the idle screen Back Light Timeout Set the length of time before the display goes dim Infinite 10 20 30 40 50 or 60 sec Theme Set a display theme Theme 1 3 Resource File Set the language resource file to use for the X Station interface No Change English Korean or Custom To use a language resource file other than English or Korean select Custom and then click the ellipsis button to locate the resource file Background Set the type of background for the X Station display Logo Notice or Slide Show Supported file types JPG GIF BMP and PNG cannot exceed 240x320 pixels each Only one image at a time can be used as a logo or notice while up to 16 images can be displayed at a set interval in a slide show Notice Click this button to create a notice that will be shown on the X Station display After creating a notice you can click Apply to apply the notice to the current device or Apply to Others to apply the notice to additional devices Volume Set the volume of the X Station device 0 to 100 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine com 222 2 5 Customize Settings Msg Timeout Set the length of time that a failure or confirmation message will be displayed Clock Display Set to display the current time on the device Enable or Disable Background Image Click this checkbox to upload new background images Cli
204. in order from top to bottom Next to each color enter the duration in milliseconds that the LED should display the selected color and the duration in milliseconds that the LED should remain off before advancing to the next color in the cycle Buzzer Set the buzzer behavior for a specified event Count Enter a number of buzzer cycles for the specified event Enter O to enable an infinite loop or 1 to disable the buzzer Volume Set up to three tone volumes from the drop down list Low Middle or High The buzzer will cycle through these volumes in order from top to bottom Next to each volume enter the duration in milliseconds that the buzzer should maintain the selected volume and the duration in milliseconds that the buzzer should remain off before advancing to the next volume in the cycle Fade Out Set the tone volume to fade out before advancing to the next volume in the cycle by clicking this checkbox Language Set the language to use on the display Korean English or Custom Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 183 5 Customize Settings Resource File Set the language resource file to use for the BioStar interface by clicking the ellipsis button and locating the resource file 5 1 3 9 T amp A tab The T amp A tab allows you to configure the mode and key settings for a BioLite Net device To save changes to time and attendance settings you must click App
205. ing the installation you will be asked to select the language of your preference Select a language then click Next to proceed BioStar 1 62 InstallShield Wizard Setup Type Select the setup type that best suits your needs N a Select the features you want to install and deselect the features you do not want to install Click Next to continue English D Korean lt Back Next gt Cancel Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web A A 2 Install the BioStar Software 5 At the Select Features dialog box click the Client checkbox to uncheck it and exclude the Biostar client application in the installation both the server and slient applications are checked by default then click Next to proceed BioStar 1 62 InstallShield Wizard Select Features gt J j Select the features you want to install on your computer Description V Server Client 410 83 MB of space required on the C drive 255899 43 MB of space available on the C drive me te tea 6 Follow the instructions on the screen to finish the installation 7 During the installation you will be required to accept the OpenSSL license agreement and select a destination folder for the OpenSSL program files 8 You will also be asked whether or not you wish to install the MS SQL Server Express edition If you will use a pre installed version of MS SQL Server MySQL or Oracle you may click No wh
206. ingerprint a user ID and fingerprint scan are used in combination the user ID identifies the user and the fingerprint scan is used for authorization e User ID password a user ID and password are used in combination the user ID identifies the user and the password is used for authorization Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 14 1 About the BioStar System e User ID card fingerprint a user ID access card and fingerprint scan are used in combination e Fingerprint only authentication via a fingerprint scan is the only method to gain entry e Card only authentication via an access card is the only method to gain entry D Station Only e Fingerprint fingerprint dual fingerprints are used in fusion e Fingerprint face detection a fingerprint and face detection are used in fusion e Fingerprint fingerprint face detection dual fingerprints and face detection are used in fusion FaceStation Only e Face authentication via face recognition is the only method to gain entry e Face Password authentication via face recognition plus password e Face Card authentication via face recognition plus access card e Face Card or Password authentication via face recognition plus access card or password e Face Card Password authentication via face recognition plus card plus password e User ID Face authentication via user ID plus face recognition e User ID Face or Password
207. ion If this option is enabled users who activate the appropriate keys will be regarded as arriving or leaving on time at work even though they actually arrive late or leave early If you enable the Only Result option they appear being on time on T amp A reports but their work time will be calculated correctly based on their actual check in out time If you choose Out you can enable the Add work time after this event option If this option is enabled users activating the appropriate key will be considered working for the remainder of the time slot even if they leave the office early Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine com L A 5 Customize Settings 5 1 8 12 Wiegand tab The Wiegand tab allows you to configure the Wiegand format for a BioStation T2 device Click Change Format to launch the Wiegand Configuration wizard For more information on configuring the Wiegand format see section 3 2 13 Operation Mode Fingerprint Camera Network Access Control Interphone Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Mode Legacy v Wiegand In Out Wiegand User In v Wiegand Format EAAA AAAA AIII IIII IIII IIII 10 Total Bits 26 ID Bits 16 I IDbit O ParityBit Odd E ParityBit Even A B Fields FC Code Disable Pulse Width us 40 Field Default Values Pulse Interval us 10000 Wiegand Mode Set the mode of Wiegand input to use when reading card ID data
208. ion ms Set the duration in milliseconds an input signal must last to trigger the specified action 5 1 4 5 Output tab The Output tab lists output settings you have specified for an Xpass device Buttons at the bottom of the tab allow you to add modify or delete output settings To add or modify settings you must specify them from the Output Setting dialog box For more information about configuring output settings see section 3 10 3 1 Output Setting Device Type 50006 vi Relay 0 Alarm On Event Event Auth Success Device 50006 Signal Setting Signal1 Priority 1 Alarm Off Event Auth Success 50006 1 Cancel Device Type Select the device type for which you will add or modify settings Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 193 5 Customize Settings Port select an output port Relay 0 For Secure I O devices these settings are available Relay O or Relay 7 Alarm On Event Specify settings and click Add to add the event to the Alarm On Event list These events will activate an alarm Event Select an event that will activate an alarm Auth Success Auth Fail Auth Duress Anti passback Fail Access Not Granted Entrance Limited Admin Auth Success Tamper On Door Opened Door Close Forced Open Door Held Open Door or Detect Input 1 3 Device Select the device to monitor for an alarm event Signal Setting Select a si
209. ist If desired set the command card to require administrator authentication by clicking the checkbox next to the option Click Add 3 2 9 Configure a D Station Device To configure a D Station device 7 Click Device in the shortcut pane 2 Double click a device name in the navigation pane This will open a Device pane similar to the one below Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 57 3 Setup the BioStar System Device Basic Information Name 24111 192 168 0 177 Device ID 24111 Firmware V 1 11_131024 Device Type DSMW OC Operation Mode Fingerprint Camera Network Access Control Interphone Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A v4 gt D Station Time T Get Host PC Time Date Ey 3 2014 2S sy Time 6 29 34PM GetDevice Time SetDevice Time 1 1 Operation Mode 1 N Operation ID Card Fingerprint No Time z 1 N Schedule Always z ID Card Password No Time v 1 N Operation Mode Auto ID Card Fingerprint Password Always x Two Sensor Mode Twin Mode z Card Only No Time 7 f Detect Face Not Use ID Card Fingerprint No Time n o Password Face Fusion Not Use Private Auth Disable v Fusion Time out 15 Double Mode No Time v Interphone Not Use v Mifare Wiegand Not use Mifare Use Template on Card View Mifare Layout T Use Wiegand Card Bypass Card
210. istrator menu To change an administrative level or password 7 From the menu bar click Administrator gt Admin Account to open the Admin Account List dialog box Click an admin account in the list on the left side of the dialog box 3 Click Modify Level Password This will open the Modify Administrator dialog box Admin Account List Admin Level Administrator Add New Administrator Modify Administrator mi Revel Password Admin ID Administrator New Password Level Setting Admin Level w 4 Edit the account information as required e To change the administrative level choose a new level from the drop down list e To change the password type a new password in both the New Password and Confirm boxes 5 Click OK to save the changes 3 1 2 3 Create a custom administration level If you need to define a specific administrator role with particular privileges you can add a custom administrator level You can allow full or limited access to any of BioStar s seven menus for the custom administrator level User Doors Visual Map Access Control Monitoring Devices and Time amp Attendance Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 3 3 Setup the BioStar System The custom administrator level can be assigned privileges for specific users and devices A custom administrator will have the privileges you assign All Rights Modify or Read only for those users or devices that you specify and
211. ith a keypad and a 2 5 inch color LCD monitor that allows you to perform user enrollment and administration functions directly from the device BioStation can be connected to a network via a wireless LAN or Ethernet and includes USB host and device interfaces for easy data transfer BioStation MIFARE BSM models also support entry control via smart cards BioStation T2 BioStation T2 is a multifunctional IP based access control terminal with a camera 5 inch touchscreen fingerprint scanner card reader and built in video phone feature D Station D Station is a multifunctional IP based access control terminal with a camera touchscreen and dual fingerprint scanners that allows for multiple authorization combinations via fingerprint recognition single or dual MIFARE access cards user IDs and face detection D Station can be powered directly via an Ethernet connection to eliminate the need for additional wiring or power connections FaceStation FaceStation is a multifunctional IP based access control terminal with an LCD touchscreen and a camera for face recognition and videophone functions FaceStation supports multiple interfaces for connecting to computers or networks and access controls via Wiegand and I O ports In addition the device allows for authorization via multiple access cards BioEntry Plus V1 2 or later BioEntry Plus is an IP based access control device that includes both fingerprint recognition and entry via
212. ith the BioStar server or process fingerprints or card inputs To enable communication again an administrator must provide authentication at the device Schedule Set the schedule during which the inputs will be monitored Always First Shift or No Time Duration ms Set the duration in milliseconds an input signal must last to trigger the specified action 5 1 7 7 Output tab The Output tab lists output settings you have specified for an X Station device Buttons at the bottom of the tab allow you to add modify or delete output settings To add or modify settings you must specify them from the Output Setting dialog box For more information about configuring output settings see section 3 10 3 1 Output Setting Device Type 50006 Relay 0 Alarm On Event Auth Success 50006 Signali Priority 1 Alarm Off Event Event Auth Success Device 50006 Priority 1 Device Type Select the device type for which you will add or modify settings Port select an output port Relay 0 For Secure I O devices these settings are available Relay O or Relay 7 Alarm On Event Specify settings and click Add to add the event to the Alarm On Event list These events will activate an alarm Event Select an event that will activate an alarm Auth Success Auth Fail Auth Duress Anti passback Fail Access Not Granted Entrance Limited Admin Auth Success Tamper On Door Opened Door Closed Forced Open Door Hel
213. ivated from Details tab in the door setting When this option is in use the device accepts input signal only when the signal continues more than a certain period of time designated by the FW fix This option is activated with the latest FW and shown Use or Not Use Note Supported Firmware Versions BioStation 1 93 BioStation T2 1 3 FaceStation 1 3 BioEntry Plus 1 6 BioEntry W 1 2 BioLite Net 1 4 Xpass 1 3 5 2 2 Alarm tab The Alarm tab allows you to specify alarm actions for doors that are forced open or held open A forced open alarm occurs when a door is forcibly opened without any authentication at the device A held open alarm occurs when a door remains open longer than the duration specified in the system settings Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web ww supremaine com 204 5 Customize Settings Zone Access Group Event Forced Open Action Program Sound 0 Infinite Device Sound 40051 Send Email laced Play Count Held Open Action Play Count fo 0 Infinite C Send Email pm e Action Output Device 40051 Output port 40051 Relay 0 w Output Signal Setting signal1 w Output Device 40051 Output port 40051 Relay 0 w Output Signal Setting Signall we Program Sound Activate and select a sound from the drop down list to be emitted by the BioStar program Then specify the duration play count of the sound in seconds If you set the Play Count to 0 t
214. ive privileges manually stops the sound via the Realtime Monitoring tab in the Monitoring pane To add custom sounds to the list please see section 3 10 1 2 e Send Email Click the ellipsis button to the right to select an email recipient To configure email notifications please see section 3 10 2 e Acknowledge Activate pop up alerts on client PCs e Color Specify the color of text and background on any event raised by priority in the Alert Window 5 Repeat steps 2 4 as desired to customize other priority levels 6 When you are finished click Save 3 10 1 2 Add custom alarm sounds To add custom alarm sounds 7 From the menu bar click Option gt Event gt Sound Setting This will open the Sound Setting dialog box Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 7 70 3 Setup the BioStar System Click Add Locate a waveform wav file on your computer or network and click Open If desired click a sound and then click Play to hear the sound mi kK WN When you are finished click Save 3 10 2 Configure email notifications BioStar sends email notifications when an alarm event occurs not available in the free version As explained in 3 10 1 1 you can customize which events will trigger an automatic email alert BioStar supports email notification through TLS or SSL secured mail servers To configure an email notification 7 From the menu bar click Option gt Event gt E mail Setting
215. k in and the last check out events on that day When you choose Check In or Check Out you can enable the Regard as normal check in check out event option If this option is enabled users using the appropriate keys will be regarded arriving or leaving on time at work even though they actually come late or leave early If you enable the Only Result option they appear being on time on T amp A reports but their work time will be calculated correctly based on their actual check in out time If you choose Out you can enable the Add work time after this event option If this option is enabled users using the appropriate key will be considered working for the remainder of the time slot even though they leave the office early Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web E G 1 5 Customize Settings 5 1 7 11 Wiegand tab The Wiegand tab allows you to configure the Wiegand format for an X Station device Click Change Format to launch the Wiegand Configuration wizard For more information on configuring the Wiegand format please see section 3 2 13 Operation Mode Camera Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp 4 Wiegand Wiegand Mode Legacy bal Wiegand InfOut Wiegand User In y Wiegand Format Format 26 bit Standard EAAA AAAA AIII IIII IIII IIII I0 Total Bits 26 ID Bits 16 I ID bit O ParityBit Odd E ParityBit Even 4 B Fields FC Code Disable Pu
216. l muster feature This feature allows administrators to determine whether users are present missing or have gained entry to areas for which they are not authorized 4 1 1 Monitor Muster Zones in Real Time BioStar allows you to monitor and track employees during an emergency and determine whether or not all employees have reported to the muster area To monitor and track employees 7 Click Monitoring in the shortcut pane 2 Click a muster zone in the Monitoring pane 3 In the Task pane click Roll Call This will open the Roll Call dialog box fF Roll Call a Muster Zone E Full Access 8 Ralph User ID Status 1 sate Sate Sate sate sate Sate Missing Missing F Safe Missing Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 173 Total 8 Safe 6 User Tom Jim Sara Jerry Sid Ethan Tommy Ralph Missing 2 Device 201192 168 0 203 201 192 168 0 203 201 192 168 0 203 201 192 168 0 203 201 192 168 0 203 201 192 168 0 203 Event Identify Success Identify Success Identify Success Identify Success Identify Success Identify Success View Report Save as CSV Date amp Time 2010 06 14 15 39 41 2010 06 14 15 39 46 2010 06 14 15 39 51 2010 06 14 15 27 00 2010 06 14 15 40 22 2010 06 14 15 40 27 4 2 4 Manage the BioStar System 4 Click View Report to open the Roll Call Report M Reports Roll Call Repor
217. l dotted notation for example 1 Hr 7 Mins is expressed in 1 11 In Out Report Display the times up to the first 10 in and out times when people are authenticated to enter and exit an office or a building Paper Size Select A4 or Letter size paper Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 147 4 Manage the BioStar System 5 Select a date range by clicking the drop down calendars 6 Click View Report to retrieve and display the results Note Click Upload Log to retrieve data from all networked devices Click Update Report to refresh the report with any data you have modified see section 4 5 3 You can sort report data by clicking any column header the sort will toggle between ascending and descending orders You can also rearrange the columns by dragging and dropping column headers in a new location Furthermore you can add or remove columns by using the menu that appears when you right click on any column header To add a column to the report 7 Right click on any column header 2 Click Column and select a column to add to the report To remove a column from the report 7 Right click on the column you want to remove 2 Click Remove column To display overtime hours in the report 7 Click Option gt T amp A gt Overtime Rule Setting This will open the Overtime Rule Setting dialog box Overtime Rule Setting t Period 1 week Overtime rate 2 Select a p
218. lay Sound T amp A Wiegand Current Count 1 Reserved 999 No User ID Card No Type 1 0 User ID Current Count Indicates the total number of user IDs and access cards that have been registered s Reserved Indicates the remaining number of user IDs and access cards that can be registered Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web E E 1 5 Customize Settings 5 1 6 10 Display Sound tab The Display Sound tab allows you to customize the D Station display and event sounds To save changes to display or sound settings you must click Apply at the bottom of the tab You can also apply the same settings to other devices by clicking Apply to Others Operation Mode Fingerprint Camera Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound TRA Wiegand Display Sound Menu Timeout 0 sec v Background Logo vi Backlite Timeout 30 sec y volume 60 v Theme Default v Msg Timeout 2 sec v C Background Image Sound Status way File A Start Success Error Question Button Detect Finger Place Finner Display Sound Menu Timeout Set the length of time before the display will return to the idle screen Backlight Timeout Set the length of time before the display goes dim Theme Set a display theme Background Set the type of background for the BioStation display Logo Notice or Slide Show Supported file types JPG GIF BMP and PNG cannot exceed 320x240 pixels
219. lds 121 registering fingerprints 68 retrieving data from device 80 synchronize all 80 T amp A tab 248 transfer to device 79 transferring to other departments 119 V visual map creating 112 monitoring doors 113 W Wiegand format 26 bit 52 custom 53 pass through 53 Wiegand mode 143 192 217 231 Wiegand tab D Station 192 Wiegand tab BioEntry Plus 152 BioEntry W 152 BioLite Net 163 BioStation 143 Xpass 172 Xpass Slim 180 Wiegand tab X Station 203 Wiegand tab BioStation T2 217 Wiegand tab FaceStation 230 X Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web mw supremaine com e203 I Xpass zones configuring 44 adding 61 overview 11 adding devices 61 Xpass Slim oy pareng eS HleHe nS 66 configuring alarm actions 63 overview 11 configuring arm and disarm settings 63 X Station configuring external input output settings configuring 47 64 overview 11 configuring inputs 62 Z types 60 viewing events 66 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine com 2 90 suprem Suprema Inc 16F Parkview Office Tower Jeongja Bundang Seongnam Gyeonggi 463 863 Korea Tel 82 31 783 4502 Fax 82 31 783 4503 Email sales supremainc com Homepage www supremainc com Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web ww supremainccom L 1
220. ll be overwritten For example if you have added a user to BioStar that previously existed in BioAdmin the user data will be overwritten with the information from the BioAdmin database For this reason you should migrate your old database to BioStar before creating new user accounts To migrate your information from BioAdmin to BioStar 7 Locate and run the migration program BADBConv exe The location of this program is Window s Start gt All Programs gt BioStar 1 8 gt Server Service gt BADBConv 2 Click Yes to acknowledge the warning dialogue that appears to remind you that identical information in BioStar will be overwritten 3 Click Start to begin the migration When the process is complete the Convert DB dialog box will show the types of data that have been migrated Convert DB Database Database Type JAccess DB mdb Database Path C Program Files BioAdmin Server Modify Available Data User 1960 Log 213251 User W Basic Information Department Details W FingerPrint Card Access Control S amp S Log Description Updating log data 57578 213251 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 33 4 Click Close to exit the migration tool Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 34 Setup the BioStar System This section describes how to add administrator accounts devices doors zones departments users and access g
221. ll be monitored Always or No Time Duration ms Set the duration in milliseconds an input signal must last to trigger the specified action 5 1 8 8 Output tab The Output tab lists output settings you have specified for a BioStation T2 device Buttons at the bottom of the tab allow you to add modify or delete output settings To add or modify settings you must specify them from the Output Setting dialog box For more information about configuring output settings see section 3 10 3 1 Output Setting Device Type 50006 Alarm On Event Alarm Off Event Reayo Auth Success Device 50006 Signal Setting Signali Priority 1 Delete Al Event Auth Success Device 50006 Priority 1 paste Save Cancel Device Type Select the device type for which you will add or modify settings Port Select an output port Relay 0 For Secure I O devices these settings are available Relay O or Relay 1 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine com 22 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web ww supremaine coma 4d 5 Customize Settings Alarm On Event Specify settings and click Add to add the event to the Alarm On Event list These events will activate an alarm Event Select an event that will activate an alarm Auth Success Auth Fail Auth Duress Anti passback Fail Access Not Granted Entrance Limited Admin Auth Success Tamper On Door Opened Door
222. lled templates Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web E E 10 5 Customize Settings View Image Set to show or hide fingerprint images on the BioStation display Yes or No Scan Timeout Set the length of time before the fingerprint scanner will timeout 7 sec to 20 sec If a user does not place a finger on the device within the timeout period the authorization will fail Matching Timeout Set the length of time before the device will timeout when trying to identify a fingerprint match 0 Infinite to 10 sec Check Fake Finger Set the device to detect the use of fake fingerprints such as those made from silicon or rubber and prevent unauthorized access Template Option Displays the global fingerprint template settings For more information about fingerprint templates see section 4 9 5 1 6 3 Camera tab The Camera tab allows you to control how the camera is used for authorization purposes In the Timezone field select a timezone for the specified event Click Add to select an event that will activate the camera Click Apply to save your settings Operation Mode Fingerprint Camera Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound TRA Wiegand Camera Event Timezone Event Identify Fail Check In Identify Success Check Out No Time Out of Office Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web E E 1 1 5 Customize Settings 5 1 6 4 Network tab The Network tab all
223. lse Width us 40 Field Default Values Pulse Intervalfus 10000 Wiegand Mode Set the mode of Wiegand input to use when reading card ID data Legacy or Extended The Legacy mode will process ID data from networked devices and RF card readers in the same way this is the typical function of previous versions of BioStar The Extended mode will allow RF card readers to operate independently which allows them to be associated with doors included in zones and leave logs with their own device IDs Wiegand In Out Assign the function of the Wiegand input or output Wiegand User In The ID field of the Wiegand string is interpreted as a user ID Wiegand Card In The ID field of the Wiegand string is interpreted as a card ID Wiegand User Out Inserts the user ID of the authenticated user in the ID field of the Wiegand string Wiegand Card Out Inserts the card ID of the authenticated user in the ID field of the Wiegand string 5 1 8 Customize Settings for BioStation T2 Devices The sections below describe the settings available for BioStation T2 devices Customize the way BioStation T2 devices function by changing these settings to suit your particular environment and operational needs Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web EEE i ae 5 Customize Settings 5 1 8 1 Operation Mode tab The Operation Mode tab allows you to customize time and various operation modes settings for BioStation T2 devices
224. ltime Monitoring tab in the Monitoring pane To add custom sounds to the list see section 3 10 12 Device Sound Activate and select a sound to be emitted by devices connected to the door Send Email Activate and setup emails to be sent by the system For more information about sending alert emails see section 3 10 2 Output Device Activate and select a device to output an alarm signal Output Port Select an output port to use when sending the alarm Signal Output Signal Select an output signal to send Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine coma2 O 5 Customize Settings 5 3 3 3 Access Group tab The Access Group tab allows you to specify access groups that can arm and disarm zones To grant disarm authorization to an access group select a group and click Apply at the bottom right of the Zone pane Details Alarm Access Group Event wi Select Bypass Group E Access Group Full Access E C No access Shift 1 5 3 4 Customize Settings for Fire Alarm Zones The sections below describe the settings available for fire alarm zones Customize the way the zone functions by changing these settings to suit your particular environment and operational needs 5 3 4 1 Details tab The Details tab allows you to add or delete devices in the Device List and inputs to the Input List To add or delete devices see section 3 5 2 2 WW Device List No Devices Attribute 1 40051 6163 152 174 Master De
225. lus FW 1 6v BioEntry W FW 1 2v BioLite Net FW 1 4v and Xpass FW 1 3v Schedule Set the schedule for the input actions Always Disable or custom schedule Duration ms Set the duration in milliseconds an input signal must last to trigger the specified action 5 1 3 6 Output tab The Output tab lists output settings you have specified for a BioLite Net device Buttons at the bottom of the tab allow you to add modify or delete output settings To add or modify settings you must specify them from the Output Setting dialog box For more information about configuring output settings see section 3 10 3 1 Output Setting Device Type 50006 Relay 0 Alarm On Event Event Auth Success Device 50006 Signal Setting Signali Alarm Off Event Auth Success Device 50006 Priority 1 Save Cancel Device Type Select the device type for which you will add or modify settings Port Select an output port Relay 0 For Secure I O devices these settings are available Relay O or Relay 1 Alarm On Event Specify settings and click Add to add the event to the Alarm On Event list These events will activate an alarm Event Select an event that will activate an alarm Auth Success Auth Fail Auth Duress Anti passback Fail Access Not Granted Entrance Limited Admin Auth Success Tamper On Door Opened Door Close Forced Open Door Held Open Door or Detect Input 1 3 De
226. ly at the bottom of the tab You can also apply the same settings to other devices by clicking Apply to Others Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand T amp A Mode Caption Schedule Fixed or Mot Use Relay In Morning Use Use Out Afternoon Not Use Use Duty In Always Not Use Use Duty Ou Disable Not Use Use T amp A Key Auto Mode Schedule Event Type e T amp A Mode Set the time and attendance mode Not Use Disable the time and attendance functions for this device Manual Users must press the specified key every time they enter or leave to record their T amp A events Manual Fix When a T amp A key is pressed the device will remain in that mode until a different T amp A key is pressed Auto change The device will automatically change T amp A modes to correspond with the functions specified for a time period Event Fix The device will perform only the specified T amp A function T amp A Key Specify which keys to use for T amp A events and the event types associated with them Function Key Select a function key from the drop down list to assign a T amp A event 1 15 If you are using the Event Fix mode you can click the checkbox to the right to designate a fixed event Event Caption Enter a caption for the event Auto Mode Schedule When using the Auto Change mode you can specify when the event will occur by selecting a ti
227. m access and record modification by type of user To view access logs 7 From the menu bar click Administrator gt Access Log This will open the Access Log dialog box a Access Log Type a ee F Period 11 12 2010 Admin ID Admin Operator 11 12 2010 E Admin 1P Get Log Export CS File Close C User ID O User E Access v Admin ID Function User ID Admin Level There are no items to show 2 Click a radio button to select either administrators or users 3 Set an event period beginning and ending dates with the drop down calendars 4 Select a type of access or modification event with the Access drop down list Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 17 7 4 Manage the BioStar System 4 3 If desired specify a particular admin or user by clicking the checkbox next to the Admin ID Admin IP or User ID fields and then entering the appropriate identification Click Get Log This will generate a list of the relevant events for the period you specified 0 Access Log Operator Type Period 5910 09 01 C Admin 10 x Admin Operator 2010 10 07 l Admin 1P Get Log Export CS File Close User ID v Normal User z O Access Date Admin ID IP Function User ID Admin Level 2010 09 30 16 46 00 2010 09 30 16 50 12 2010 09 30 16 52 06 2010 09 30 16 52 24 2010 09 30 16 53 25 2010 09 30 17 19
228. mbers and prevent them from being authenticated with the device Operation Mode Camera Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Current Count 1 Reserved 999 No User ID Card No Type 1 0 User ID Current Count The total number of user IDs and access cards that have been registered Reserved The remaining number of user IDs and access cards that can be registered Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web ww supremaine com 22203 5 Customize Settings Sal Display Sound tab The Display Sound tab allows you to customize the X Station display and event sounds To save changes to display or sound settings you must click Apply at the bottom of the tab You can also apply the same settings to other devices by clicking Apply to Others Operation Mode Camera Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Display Sound Language English v Background Logo al Menu Timeout Infinite y volume 70 lw Back Light Timeout 30 sec l v Msg Timeout 2 sec liv Theme Theme 1 v Clock Display Enable v Resource File No Change x C Background Image C Sound Status way File A Start Success Error Question Button Detect Card ilarra Display Sound Language Set the language to use on the display Korean English or Custom Menu T
229. me will be calculated correctly based on their actual check in out time If you choose Out you can enable the Add work time after this event option If this option is enabled users activating the appropriate key will be considered working for the remainder of the time slot even if they leave the office early 5 1 1 10 Wiegand tab The Wiegand tab allows you to configure the Wiegand format for a BioStation device Click Change Format to launch the Wiegand Configuration wizard For more information on configuring the Wiegand format see section 3 2 13 Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand WiegandMode Extended Wiegand Input Disabled gt Wiegand Output Disabled Wiegand Format Format Custom Format Change Format Total Bits 34 EIII IIII IIII IIII IILI IIII IIII III iii Io ID Bits 32 Custom ID Bits 0 I ID bit C Custom ID bit O ParityBit Odd E ParityBit Even X Undefined FC Code Disable Pulse Width us 40 20 100 us Field Default Values Field 0 0 Pulse Interval us 10000 200 20000 us Fail Code Value 0000 C Use Fail Code Wiegand Mode Set the mode of Wiegand input to use when reading card ID data Legacy or Extended The Legacy mode will treat connected RF Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 16 7 5 Customize Settings devices as part of their host devices this is the typi
230. ment field in BioStar Repeat steps 5 6 as necessary to map additional data 8 Click Next after matching data value and filed name correctly If the CSV column type exported from BioStar has not been changed you can drop 5 7 steps by the auto select button which enables to connect the column and field automatically 9 Click Import 10 Ifyou map data to fields in an existing user account you will prompted to confirm that you wish to overwrite the existing data Click Yes or Yes to All to confirm or click No or No to All to deny 717 Click Finish Manage Time and Attendance BioStar allows you to monitor the time and attendance status of users and generate reports of T amp A events which you can edit or export as needed 4 6 1 Monitor T amp A Status via the IO Board The IO Board displays time and attendance events only for entrance and exit events performed via the T amp A function keys of access control devices This feature is available only in the Standard Edition of BioStar You can use the board to verify recent T amp A activities or to quickly determine which users are checked in or out Users can use the board to view their own T amp A activities Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 140 4 Manage the BioStar System To monitor the time and attendance status of users 1 Click Time and Attendance in the shortcut pane 2 From the task pane click O Board This will open the IO Bo
231. mezone in the drop down list For more information on creating a timezone please see section 3 7 1 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 184 5 Customize S SARA ettings Event Type Set the type of event to assign to the key Not Use Check In Check Out In or Out In Out indicates the general check in out events during a day whereas Check In Out indicates the formal check in out events upon arrival and departure at work or the first check in and the last check out events on that day When you choose Check In or Check Out you can enable the Regard as normal check in check out event option If this option is enabled users using the appropriate keys will be regarded arriving or leaving on time at work even though they actually come late or leave early If you enable the Only Result option they appear being on time on T amp A reports but their work time will be calculated correctly based on their actual check in out time If you choose Out you can enable the Add work time after this event option If this option is enabled users using the appropriate key will be considered working for the remainder of the time slot even though they leave the office early Wiegand tab The Wiegand tab allows you to configure the Wiegand format for a BioLite Net device Unlike BioStation devices only one Wiegand format can be configured at a time either nput only or output only You can click Ch
232. min on the same machine ensure that you stop the BioAdmin server before beginning the installation Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web enea 1 Install the BioStar Software To run the installer 7 Insert the BioStar installation CD into a compatible media drive 2 Locate the installation directory and run BioStar 1 8 Setup 3 Follow the on screen prompts to begin the installation 4 During the installation you will be asked to select the language of your preference Select a language then click Next to proceed BioStar 1 62 InstallShield Wizard Setup Type Select the setup type that best suits your needs Select the features you want to install and deselect the features you do not want to install Click Next to continue English O Korean 5 Make sure that both the Server and Client applications are selected in the Select Features dialog box then click Next to proceed BioStar 1 62 InstallShield Wizard m Select Features Select the features you want to install on your computer Description M Server W Client 410 83 MB of space required on the C drive 255899 43 MB of space available on the C drive 6 Follow the instructions on the screen to finish the installation Note BioStar versions 1 3 and higher include drivers for connecting BioStation and D Station devices via USB in Windows 7 These drivers will not work with ol
233. n Door Opened Door Close Forced Open Door Held Open Door Detect Input 1 3 Device Select the device to monitor for an alarm event Signal Setting Select a signal setting that you have previously configured from the menu bar Option gt Event gt Output Port Setting Priority set a priority for the event Only an event with an equal or higher priority 1 is the highest can override a previous event For example an alarm on activate event with a priority of 2 can be canceled only by an alarm off deactivate event with a priority of 1 or 2 Alarm Off Event Specify settings and click Add to add the event to the Alarm Off Event list These events will deactivate an alarm Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 15 5 Customize Settings Event Select an event that will deactivate an alarm Auth Success Auth Fail Auth Duress Anti passback Fail Access Not Granted Entrance Limited Admin Auth Success Tamper On Door Opened Door Close Forced Open Door Held Open Door or Detect Input 1 3 Device Select the device to monitor for an alarm event Priority Set a priority for the event Only an event with an equal or higher priority 1 is the highest can override a previous event For example a priority 2 alarm on event activate can be overridden only by an alarm off deactivate event with a priority of 1 or 2 5 1 1 7 Black List tab The Black List tab allows you t
234. n Encryption Disable ISO Format Disable Fingerprint Security Level Set the security level to use for fingerprint authorization Normal Secure or Most Secure Keep in mind that as the security level is increased so too is the likelihood of a false rejection Image Quality Set the strictness of the quality check for fingerprint scans Weak Normal or Strict If a fingerprint image is below the specified quality level it will be rejected Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 152 5 Customize Settings Sensitivity Set the sensitivity of the fingerprint scanner 0 Min to 7 Max A higher sensitivity setting will result in more easily captured fingerprint scans but also increases the sensitivity to external noise 1 N Delay Set the delay between scans when identifying fingerprints 0 sec to 10 sec This delay prevents the scanner from processing the same fingerprint more than once if a user has not yet removed his or her finger from the scanner 1 N Fast Mode Set the device to use Fast Mode to reduce the amount of time required for matching fingerprints Auto Normal Fast or Fastest Setting Fast Mode to Auto will adjust the matching speed according to the number of enrolled templates View Image Set to show or hide fingerprint images on the BioStation display Yes or No Scan Timeout Set the length of time before the fingerprint scanner will timeout 7 sec to 20
235. n in milliseconds that the LED should remain off before advancing to the next color in the cycle Buzzer Set the buzzer behavior for a specified event 5 1 2 10 Count Enter a number of buzzer cycles for the specified event Enter O to enable an infinite loop or 1 to disable the buzzer Volume Set up to three tone volumes from the drop down list Low Middle or High The buzzer will cycle through these volumes in order from top to bottom Next to each volume enter the duration in milliseconds that the buzzer should maintain the selected volume and the duration in milliseconds that the buzzer should remain off before advancing to the next volume in the cycle Fade Out Set the tone volume to fade out before advancing to the next volume in the cycle by clicking this checkbox Wiegand tab The Wiegand tab allows you to configure the Wiegand format for a BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W device Click Change Format to launch the Wiegand Configuration wizard To activate the Wiegand feature for a BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W device click the checkbox at the top right of the tab For more information on configuring the Wiegand format see section 3 2 13 Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Command Card Display Sound Wiegand Wiegand Output Disabled bled Ww Wiegand Input Wiegand Format Format PS bit Standard FAAA AAAA AIII IIII IIII IIII I10 Total Bits
236. n access to doors The BioStar system allows 3rd party RF devices to be added to the system to incorporate existing hardware into the access control configuration security level see false acceptance rate time and attendance T amp A This designation refers to the processes and functions that monitor and report check in and check out activities by employees and allow administrators to define time slots and schedules The information collected by the BioStar system can be used in conjunction with external systems for time reporting and payroll capabilities timed anti passback A security protocol that prevents reauthorization of a user for a specified period of time See also anti passback timezone A customizable schedule that can be used to allow or restrict access during specified hours Timezones can combined with doors to create access groups user A user is any person who has access rights A user s access rights are comprised of individual rights user level membership in access groups and time restrictions Wiegand interface The Wiegand interface is a wiring standard used to connect a card swipe mechanism to the rest of an electronic entry system The interface uses three wires one of which is a common ground and two of which are data transmission wires usually called DATAO and DATA1 but sometimes also labeled Data High and Data Low zone A zone consists of two or more devices that are grouped together BioStar i
237. n follow the instructions prompted by the enrollment device Repeat steps 5 6 to add more faces 7 Click Use Profile Img to use the currently registered and selected face image as the user s profile image in the User pane 8 Click Apply to save your changes Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 8 7 3 Setup the BioStar System To capture face images with D Station devices i 2 3 8 Click User in the shortcut pane In the navigation pane click a user s name Click the Face Fusion tab in the User pane Details Fingerprints Face Face Fusion Card Access Control T amp 4 Event Enroll Device ist Face 2nd Face ard Face capture e Capture capture Use Profile Img Use Frofile Img Use Profile Img Select the enrollment device you will use for capturing face images from the drop down list In the 1st Face section click Capture and then have the user align his or her face with the camera as prompted by the device If desired click Use Profile Img to use the image assigned to the user s profile instead of capturing a new image Repeat steps 5 7 in the 2nd Face and 3rd Face sections to capture additional face images Click Apply to save your changes 3 6 4 Issue Access Cards Suprema manufactures access control devices that support multiple types of access cards as listed below EM4100 BioStation BioEntry Plus and
238. n people on either side of the door Not Use or Use In Double mode setting option which includes an admin user is supported In Double mode door relay will not open unless an admin user authenticates within 15 seconds after a normal user authenticates If this option is not activated the door relay will open when other two users regardless of whether being a normal user or an admin user Note This feature is supported from the FW versions BioStation 1 93 BioStation T2 1 3 FaceStation 1 3 BioEntry Plus 1 6 BioEntry W 1 2 BioLite Net 1 4 Xpass 1 3 Use Wiegand Card Bypass By Wiegand setting in BioStar this feature exports CSN regardless of whether the authentication is successful or not This is designed to be used as a dummy reader that doesn t have a door control feature When a card data input is made the device sends out the data through Wiegand without going through a matching process Note This feature is supported from the FW versions BioStation 1 93 BioStation T2 1 3 FaceStation 1 3 BioEntry Plus 1 6 BioEntry W 1 2 BioLite Net 1 4 Xpass 1 3 5 1 1 2 Fingerprint tab The Fingerprint tab allows you to customize fingerprint authorization settings for BioStation devices Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Fingerprint C Check Duplicate FF Sensitivity Scan Timeout 10 sec ka EN Delay 2 sec s Matching Timeout Template Optio
239. n specify the following options Preset Name Enter a name for the wireless LAN that the device will be connected to ESSID Enter the unique ID of the access point Network Authentication Select a network authentication mode from the drop down list Open System Shared Key or WPA PSK The authentication mode must be the same for the device and the access point Encryption Strength Select an encryption strength from the drop down list available options depend on network authentication setting Network Key Enter the network key _suprema_wpa_ is a pre defined value for Preset 1 networks biostation_wpa biostar_wpa and _suprema_wep_ is for Preset 2 networks biostation_wep biostar_wep Confirm Key re enter the network key 8 Click OK to save your changes 3 2 5 Configure a BioStation Device This section provides an overview of configuring BioStation devices to work with the BioStar software For more information refer to the installation guides that accompany your devices Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 45 3 Setup the BioStar System To configure a BioStation device 1 Click Device in the shortcut pane 2 Double click a BioStation device name in the navigation pane This will open a Device pane similar to the one below ice Basic Information Name 12643 192 168 1 183 Device ID 12643 Firmware V1 7_090723 Device Type BSM OC Operation Mode Fingerprint N
240. nce o Default Access Group Setting Default Group Full Access lt Entrance Limit Setting Timed APB min Set the duration in minutes that a user will be unable to regain entry to an area via the device Once a user has gained entry the device will reject the user s card or fingerprint authorization for the time period specified here Option 1 4 Click the checkbox to enable an entrance limit setting and then specify the effective hours for the entrance limit Max Number of Entrance Set the maximum number of entries allowed during the specified time limit Default Access Group Setting Select a default access group to be applied to new users who have not been assigned to another access group Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 1 9 5 Customize Settings one hs Input tab The input tab lists input settings you have specified for a BioLite Net device Buttons at the bottom of the tab allow you to add modify or delete input settings To add or modify settings you must specify them from the Input Setting dialog box For more information about configuring input settings see section 3 10 3 2 Input Setting Device Port Switch Function Schedule Duration ms Device Select the BioLite Net or Secure I O device for which you will add or modify settings Port Select an input port Input 0 Input 1 or Tamper For Secure I O devices these settin
241. ncludes seven types of zone classifications Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web sw supremaine com OA Index A access cards issuing 72 Access Control tab BioEntry Plus 147 BioEntry W 147 BioLite Net 157 BioStation 136 BioStation T2 209 D Station 186 FaceStation 223 Xpass 166 Xpass Slim 175 X Station 196 access groups adding 84 adding users 84 assigning to users 85 selecting 66 transferring to devices 86 access zone Details tab 242 administrative account adding 32 changing level or password 32 alarm zone Access Group tab 240 Alarm tab 240 Details tab 239 alarms activation events 138 188 198 213 226 adding custom sounds 96 configuring actions 63 configuring settings and sounds 95 customizing actions 95 deactivation events 138 188 199 213 227 priority 138 188 199 213 227 releasing 115 anti passback zone Access Group tab 236 Alarm tab 236 Details tab 234 B BioEntry Plus configuring 40 overview 11 BioEntry W overview 11 BioLite Net configuring 43 overview 11 BioMini overview 12 BioMini Plus overview 12 BioStar Server configuring 23 BioStation configuring 38 connecting via wireless LAN 39 overview 10 BioStation T2 configuring 48 50 BioStation T2 overview 10 Black list tab BioEntry Plus 150 BioEntry Plus W 150 BioStation 139 160 D Station 189 X Station 199 Black list tab BioSt
242. nd O Rounding Out 0 Auto Check IN F Affect Result F Auto Check OUT O Enter a name and description for the daily schedule Set the start time for the daily schedule and if desired click the checkbox to the right to let the BioStar to record workers first come in and last go out activities via the BioStar system as their check in and check out activities for the day Define the daily schedule by adding one or more time slots b Specify the details for the time slot Start time Set the beginning time for the time slot If the time slot begins in the following calendar day click the checkbox Next to the right End time set the ending time for the time slot If the time slot ends in the following calendar day click the checkbox Next to the right Time Category Select one a time category from the drop down list See section 3 9 1 to define the time categories that will appear in this list Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 102 3 Setup the BioStar System Minimum Duration Set the minimum duration for the time slot in minutes Workers must be checked in for at least the minimum duration or the system will record no time worked for the time slot Grace Start Activate and set a grace period for checking in late at the beginning of the time slot in minutes Click the checkbox to enable the grace period and then specify the length of the grace period in the corresponding fi
243. ne Use this zone to control how doors will respond during a fire External inputs can be fed into the BioStar system to automatically trigger door releases or perform other actions For more information about customizing fire alarm zones see section 5 3 4 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 69 3 Setup the BioStar System Muster zone Use this zone to monitor and track employees during an emergency or to perform a roll call where employees are required to be present in a particular area at a particular time Muster zone allows administrators to determine if any employee has not reported to the muster area and if any employee is unaccounted for take the necessary actions to locate them For more information about customizing muster zone see section 5 3 6 Interlock zone Use this zone to create an interlock area with two doors equipped with devices When an external input indicates that one door is open the other door is automatically locked to provide a secure interlock area A reader equipped door that does not belong to any other zone can be used to create up to four interlock zones four zones maximum per reader For more information about configuring an interlock zone see section 5 3 7 3 5 2 Add and Configure Zones When you add a zone you can use the four tabs in the Zone pane to configure the zone For an explanation of zone settings see section 5 3 Details Add devices and specify inputs
244. ne of the following options Aanlogue Interphone Choose this option to enable the analogue interphone IP interphone Choose this option to enable the VoIP feature A telephone is required Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine com A O 5 Customize Settings BioStar Videophone Choose this option to enable the videophone feature that supports both video and voice calls The supplied PC software is required The BioStar vidoephone works only with the device firmware version of BioStation T2 V1 1 or later When you select IP Interphone in the Type drop down list specify the following settings VoIP Server IP Specify an IP address for the VoIP server VoIP Phone Number Specify a phone number for the interphone VoIP Display Name Specify a name to use for communication through the interphone VoIP ID Specify a user name to access the VoIP server VoIP Password Specify a password to access the VoIP server VoIP Speaker Gain Specify the volume of the speaker VoIP Mic Gain Specify the volume of the microphone 5 1 8 7 Input tab The input tab lists input settings you have specified for a BioStation T2 device Buttons at the bottom of the tab allow you to add modify or delete input settings To add or modify settings you must specify them from the Input Setting dialog box For more information about configuring input settings see section 3 10 3 2 Input Setting Device 50006
245. ngerprint templates see section 4 9 Camera tab The Camera tab allows you to control how the camera is used for authorization purposes In the Timezone field select a timezone for the specified event Click Add to select an event that will activate the camera Click Apply to save your settings Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web O Eo 5 1 8 4 Network tab The Network tab allows you to customize network and server settings for BioStation T2 devices Operation Mode Fingerprint Camera Access Control Interphone Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand _ Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine coma 3 O 5 Customize Settings TCP IP Setting LAN Type Select a type of LAN connection from the drop down list Disable Ethernet or Wireless LAN Port Specify a port to use for the device WLAN Change setting Click to specify settings for a wireless local area network WLAN This option is active only when WLAN is selected as the TCP IP setting For more information about configuring settings for a WLAN see section 3 2 4 Use DHCP Click this radio button to enable the dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP for the device Not Use DHCP Click this radio button to disable the dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP for this device IP Address Specify an IP address for the device Subnet Specify a subnet address for
246. nguage of your preference Select a language then click Next to proceed Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web E BioStar 1 62 InstallShield Wizard Setup Type Select the setup type that best suits your needs Select the features you want to install and deselect the features you do not want to install Click Next to continue English Korean Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web Te 5 Install the BioStar Software 5 At the Select Features dialog box click the Server checkbox to uncheck it and exclude the Biostar server application in the installation both the server and client applications are checked by default then click Next to proceed Biostar 1 62 InstallShield Wizard ex Select Features Select the features you want to install on your computer Express Description L Server WJ Client 410 83 MB of space required on the C drive 255899 43 MB of space available on the C drive lt Back Cancel 6 Follow the instructions on the screen to finish the installation Note BioStar versions 1 3 and higher include drivers for connecting BioStation and D Station devices via USB in Windows 7 These drivers will not work with older versions of BioStar If you are using an older version of BioStar be sure to install the correct USB drivers 2 4 1 Log in to BioStar for the First Time If you restarted the system after installation the
247. nterface elements Each element uses a standard name please check names of each element before you read this manual Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 30 2 5 File View Theme Option Administrator Help Back Forward E Refresh Q Find User E Print User aa 5 2 how Bo y Lo Each element is named as what is displayed in the title For example it is called User window Customize dialog box Additional Infomation tab Basic Information area Customize the BioStar Interface You do not have to make any changes to the interface to use the BioStar system the default settings are sufficient for setup and operation However BioStar allows you to customize various settings to control the appearance and functionality of the interface 2 5 1 Change the Theme The BioStar interface includes two preset themes based on MS Office styles e Office 2003 e Office 2007 To change the theme click Theme from the menu bar and select a theme Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 3 7 2 5 2 Customize the Toolbar The BioStar interface includes a standard toolbar near the top left of the screen Standard toolbar buttons provide functions similar to a typical web browser Back Forward Refresh Find User search and Print File Vew Theme Option Administrator Help pec on Fornari E retesh gram Be f Back Forward Refresh
248. ntryPlus BioLiteNet Xpass No Card ID Delete All Read Device 30007 30007 61 83 152 173 v Read Card Card ID 0 O Key lt BioStation gt Arm BioStation F4 Disarm BioStation F4 lt BioLite Net gt Arm Disarm To configure cards for arming or disarming zones a Select a device from the Read Device drop down list b Click Read Card The LED on the device you selected will begin to flash c Place the card on the device d When the card has been read click Add The card can now be used to arm or disarm devices in the alarm zone To configure device keys for arming or disarming zones BioStation devices only a Select a key that will arm devices from the first drop down list b Select a key that will disarm devices from the second drop down list When you are finished configuring the arm and disarm settings click OK Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 13 3 Setup the BioStar System 3 5 2 6 Configure external input output settings Instead of manually arming or disarming alarm zones you can configure the BioStar system to automatically determine when to arm or disarm alarm zones based on the status of a specified input You can also prevent the BioStar system from arming an alarm zone when a monitored input is in a not ready position Finally you can configure the system to send a specified signal to an external output when it arms or disarms alarm zones External input ou
249. o Time Use Use Mot Use uk Mo Time Mot Use Mot Use Mot Use Break In Mo Time Mot Use Use Mot Use BreakOuk Mo Time Mot Use Mot Use Mot Use T amp key Function Key Fl k O Ad Event Caption DO Ef Fi Use Relay Auto Mode Schedule T amp A Mode Set the time and attendance mode Not Use Disable the time and attendance functions for this device Manual Users must press the specified key every time they enter or leave to record their T amp A events Manual Fix When a T amp A key is pressed the device will remain in that mode until a different T amp A key is pressed Auto change The device will automatically change T amp A modes to correspond with the functions specified for a time period Event Fix The device will perform only the specified T amp A function T amp A Key Specify which keys to use for T amp A events and the event types associated with them Function Key Select a function key from the drop down list to assign a T amp A event F1 F4 EXTO1 EXT12 If you are using the Event Fix mode you can click the checkbox to the right to designate a fixed event Event Caption Enter a caption for the event Auto Mode Schedule When using the Auto Change mode you can specify when the event will occur by selecting a timezone in the drop down list For more information on creating a timezone see section 3 7 1 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web ww supremaine com 20 O 5 Customiz
250. o be used as a dummy reader in a connection with a third party access control unit through Wiegand When a card data input is made the device sends out the data through Wiegand without going through a matching process Note This feature is supported from the FW versions BioStation 1 93 BioStation T2 1 3 FaceStation 1 3 BioEntry Plus 1 6 BioEntry W 1 2 BioLite Net 1 4 Xpass 1 3 Sync with Host PC Time Check this box to get the time of the Icoal PC which BioStar client program is installed on The time will be displayed in the Date and Time spin boxes right below this option and you can set the device s time to match this time by clicking Set Time Get Time Get the current time displayed by the device Set Time Set the time on the device Operation Mode For each of the following options click the corresponding checkbox to enable Double Verification Mode which requires verification of two users credentials to gain entry to a door All Set the device to allow all types of authorization Always Disable or custom schedule Card Fingerprint Set the device to require card plus fingerprint authorization Always Disable or custom schedule Only Fingerprint Set the device to require only fingerprint authorization Always Disable or custom schedule Only CARD Set the device to require only card authorization Always Disable or custom schedule Private Auth Set the device to all
251. o register user IDs or access card numbers and prevent them from being authenticated with the device Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Current Count 1 Reserved 999 No User ID Card No Type 1 0 User ID Current Count The total number of user IDs and access cards that have been registered Reserved The remaining number of user IDs and access cards that can be registered Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 158 5 Customize Settings 5 1 1 8 Display Sound tab The Display Sound tab allows you to customize the BioStation display and event sounds To save changes to display or sound settings you must click Apply at the bottom of the tab You can also apply the same settings to other devices by clicking Apply to Others Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Display Sound Background Image Sound Start Success Error SsUPreMmd Question Button Detect Finger Place Finner Display Sound Language Set the language to use on the display Korean English or Custom Sub Info Set the info to display at the bottom of the BioStation display Time or None Menu Timeout Set the length of time before the display will return to the idle screen Infinite 10 sec 20 sec or 30 sec Private Msg
252. o ten fingerprints per user However some devices can only store a limited number of fingerprints Device Number of Fingerprints BioStation PB ee When fingerprints are distributed from BioStar the device will receive the maximum number of fingerprints beginning with the first stored fingerprint scan If desired one of the fingerprints can be used as a duress signal that will trigger alarms when a candidate is forced to access an area When registering duress fingerprints keep the following tips in mind A duress finger cannot be used for normal access The duress finger should appear to be a natural choice i e the little finger is an unusual choice and may indicate to a perpetrator that the candidate is triggering an alarm Candidates should be educated about what occurs when the duress finger is used e g the duress finger may trigger automatic door locks or silent alarms Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 8 3 Setup the BioStar System To register fingerprints 70 11 12 Click User in the shortcut pane In the navigation pane click a user s name Click the Fingerprints tab in the User pane Details Fingerprints Face Face Fusion Card ccess Control T RA Event Enroll Device 38506 192 168 0 109 Enroll Quality 40 1 1 Security Level Device Default Md E Show Fingerprint Image me doe Sb Verification Test LN Auth Tes
253. o the device You can issue or remove SSL certificates directly from the utility e Database view and modify database settings For more information about how to alter these settings see the procedure for setting up the BioStar server in section 2 3 Max Connection specify the maximum number of connections between the server and the database In most cases the default value 1 is appropriate e SSL view or modify the settings for OpenSSL Click Browse to locate the path for the OpenSSL application or click Change to change the pass phrase Install the BioStar Client Application If you do not choose to install the BioStar server and client applications together you need to select only the application you would like to install at the Select Features dialog box during the installation of the Biostar Setup Before you install the BioStar client application close all other running applications The installer includes the following components e BioStar server application e Auxiliary libraries OpenSSL and Microsoft Visual C Redistributable e MS SQL Server Express e BioStar client application e BADB Conv database migration tool To install BioStar client application 7 Insert the BioStar installation CD into a compatible media drive 2 Run BioStar 1 8 Setup to launch the installation wizard 3 Follow the on screen prompts to install the BioStar Client 4 During the installation you will be asked to select the la
254. o the list Click Apply Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 96 3 Setup the BioStar System 3 8 Setup Access Groups Access groups allow you to define sets of access permissions that can include doors users and timezones Before adding an access group you must setup doors see section 3 3 and timezones see section 3 7 After creating access groups you must manually transfer the data to affected devices see section 3 8 4 3 8 1 Add an Access Group To add an access group 1 Click Access Control in the shortcut pane 2 Inthe task pane click New Access Group 3 Type a name for the new access group in the box that appears in the navigation pane and press Enter 4 In the Access Control tab in the Access Group pane click Add This will open the Access Group dialog box Access Group ig Doors a E New Door S New Door 1 H Cgi New Door 2 5 Select doors to add to the group by clicking the checkboxes next to door groups or individual doors 6 Select a timezone to apply to the group from the drop down list at the bottom of the dialog box 7 Repeat steps 5 and 6 as necessary to add multiple sets of doors and timezones to the access group 8 Click OK to add your selections to the group Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 9 3 Setup the BioStar System 3 8 2 Add Users to Access Groups After adding access group you must add users to
255. o use the DHCP option the device will automatically acquire network settings from the DHCP server If you do not use DHCP you must configure the network settings manually Direct connection This is the default connection option With this option the BioStar client will connect directly to the device If you choose this type of connection the BioStar client must be running to retrieve the log records from the device Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 40 3 Setup the BioStar System e Server connection If you choose this option the device will automatically connect to the BioStar server If you configure the server IP address and port correctly log records from the device will be gathered at the server regardless of whether or not the BioStar client is online This option may also be useful if your network configuration requires you to connect devices with private IP addresses for example over a WAN to a server with a public IP address This option also provides SSL encryption for BioStation devices Click Next Select the device or devices to add by clicking the checkboxes next to the device IDs Search and Add Device Select the device to be added and press Add button to finish Type 30007 61 83 152 177 BioLiteNet 10 Click Add to add the devices to the BioStar system 17 Close the confirmation message that appears and click Finish to exit the wizard Note You can manage devices by
256. ode Fingerprint Camera Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display iSound T amp A Wiegand O Station Time C Sync with Host PC Time 1 1 Operation Mode 1 N Operation ID Card Fingerprint No Time 1 Schedule Always ID Card Password No Time 1 N Operation Mode Auto ID Card Fingerprint Password Always Two Sensor Mode Fusion Mode Card Only No Time ID Card Fingerprint Detect Face Mot Use Mo Time Password Face Fusion Mot Use Private Auth Disable Fusion Time out n Double Mode No Time Interphone mm at T 4 Mifare C Not use Mifare view Mifare Layout Card ID Format Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine com LO 5 Customize Settings D Station Time Date Manually set the device date with a drop down calendar Time Manually set the device time Sync with Host PC Time Check this box to get the time of the Icoal PC which BioStar client program is installed on The time will be displayed in the Date and Time spin boxes right below this option and you can set the device s time to match this time by clicking Set Time Get Time Get the current time displayed by the device Set Time Set the time on the device 1 1 Operation Mode The drop down lists in this area allow you to control the authentication mode by schedule For example you can choose a normal authentication mode for working hours and a more strict authentication mode for
257. odified in any way unless such modification is approved in writing by the Supplier iil improperly installed or used in violation of instructions furnished by Suprema Suprema shall be notified in writing of defects in the RMA Return Material Authorization report supplied by Suprema not later than thirty days after such defects have appeared and at the latest one year after the date of shipment of the Product The report should include full details of each defective product model number invoice number and serial number No product without an RMA number issued by Suprema may be accepted and all defects must be reproducible for warranty service Except as expressly provided herein the products are provided as is without warranty of any kind either express or implied including but not limited to warranties or merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose Disclaimers The information in this document is provided in connection with Suprema products No license express or implied by estoppels or otherwise to any intellectual property rights is granted by this document except as provided in Suprema s Terms and Conditions of Sale for such products Suprema assumes no liability whatsoever and Suprema disclaims any express or implied warranty relating to sale and or use of Suprema products including liability or warranties relating to fitness for a particular purpose merchantability or infringement of any patent copyright or oth
258. om 137 4 Manage the BioStar System From the menu bar click Option gt Device gt Unlock All Devices If necessary enter a password in the Enter Locking Password dialog box and click OK if you have not created a locking password simply click OK See section 4 4 3 2 to create a locking password Enter locking password DevicelD 25183 is locked fx OO eee 4 4 3 2 Set automatic device locking To set automatic device locking 1 2 3 From the menu bar click Option gt Device gt Automatic Locking This will open the Auto Locking dialog box Auto Locking V Lock all Devices when exit BioStar Change Lock Password Old Password New Password Retype New Password Unlock Device and Password to Default Click the first checkbox to lock all devices when exiting BioStar If desired click the second checkbox to change the lock password a Enter the old password b Enter the new password c Retype the new password to confirm Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 133 4 Manage the BioStar System 4 4 3 3 Reset a device lock If you have forgotten the locking password for a device Suprema s technical support team can send you an unlock code To request the code 7 From the menu bar click Option gt Device gt Automatic Locking This will open the Auto Locking dialog box Auto Locking Lock all Devices when exit BioStar Change Lock Password Old P
259. on D Station and FaceStation 5 3 7 1 Details tab The Details tab allows you to specify which doors to use for either side of the interlock zone Once added the door names and device IDs will appear in the Device List Door 1 Rear agai Door 2 Front wh Device List No Devices Attribute 1 105 192 168 0 18 Master Device Z 52967 192 1658 1 127 Wh Input List Devices Switch Durationims Door 1 Click the ellipsis button to select door 1 of the interlock area Doors without associated devices cannot be added to the interlock zone Door 2 Click the ellipsis button to select the device on door 2 of the interlock area Doors without associated devices cannot be added to the interlock zone Customize User Settings Customize various settings for users including personal details fingerprint information and access card information To access the tabs described below click Users in the shortcut pane then click a user name Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine com 2 O 5 Customize Settings 5 4 1 Details Tab The Details tab allows you to specify personal information about a user and the valid dates of a user account To edit these fields see section 4 4 3 Fingerprints Face Face Fusion Card Access Control T amp A Event 1D Start Date Expiry Date hour Private Auth Mode Date of Birth e 1D Enter an identification number for a user e Star
260. on and you can set the device s time to match this time by clicking Set Time Get Time Get the current time displayed by the device Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 186 5 Customize Settings Set Time Set the time on the device Operation Mode For each of the following options click the corresponding checkbox to enable Double Verification Mode which requires verification of two users credentials to gain entry to a door Card Only Set the device to require only card authorization Always Disable or custom schedule Server Matching Enable this setting to perform card ID matching at the BioStar server instead of the device When this mode is enabled the device will send card ID to the server to verify a match This mode is useful when you have more users than can be downloaded to a device or user information cannot be distributed due to security concerns Mifare Not use Mifare Check this box to disable MIFARE card authorization Use Data Card Check this box to use the user data on the MIFARE card for authorization The user data card does not provide fingerprint templates View Mifare Layout Click this button to view the MIFARE layout used by the device For more information about configuring MIFARE layouts please see section 3 6 4 7 Card ID Format Format Type Set the type of pre processing to occur on card ID data Normal or Wiegand If Normal is selected
261. on Test Compare a newly scanned fingerprint to only the stored fingerprint templated collected from a prior enrollment Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 19 3 Setup the BioStar System e 1 N Auth Test Match a newly scanned fingerprint against multiple fingerprint templates stored in the server 3 6 2 3 Enroll users via Command cards After issuing command cards you can enroll users directly from a BioEntry Plus BioEntry W or Xpass device For more information about issuing command cards please see section 3 2 6 1 and 3 2 8 1 To enroll a user on a BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W device via a command card 1 2 Place an enroll card command card on a BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W device If authorization is required an administrator must scan his or her fingerprint to continue To capture only fingerprints have the user place his or her finger on the scanner two times as prompted by the device To capture fingerprints and issue an access card place the card on the device first Then have the user place his or her finger on the scanner two times as prompted by the device To enroll a user on an Xpass device via a command card 1 2 3 4 Place an enroll card command card on an Xpass device If authorization is required an administrator must place his or her access card on the device to continue Place the user s access card on the device Place the enroll card again
262. on the device to confirm the action 3 6 3 Capture Face Images With camera equipped devices such as the D Station and FaceStation you can capture images of users faces and use those images for authentication via BioStar s face detection technology BioStar matches a still image of the user s face during authentication with captured face images in the BioStar server database Face detection can be used simultaneously with fingerprint recognition for highly secure biometric access control For more information about face detection settings please see section 5 4 3 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 8O 3 Setup the BioStar System To capture face images with FaceSation devices i 2 3 Click User in the shortcut pane In the navigation pane click a user s name Click the Face tab in the User pane Details Fingerprints Face Face Fusion Card Access Control T amp A Event Enroll Device 10677 192 168 0 2 X Face Template Capture Select the Enrollment Device you will use for capturing face images from the drop down list Click Add at the bottom right of the screen to add face from the 1 Face to the 5t Face Note FaceStation supports up to 5 different user faces to ensure the most accurate face detection at all times regardless of the different hair styles make ups or eye glasses the user might wear 6 Click the newly added face click Capture the
263. open a Device pane similar to the one below Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 55 3 Setup the BioStar System ID Operation Mode Card Operation Mode Fingerprint Operation Mode Mifare Wiegand Card ID Format Device ag Basic Information Name 30344192 168 0 152 Device ID 0344 Firmware Vi i2 120502 Device Type BST2M OC BioStation T2 Time a Get Host PC Time Date E 3 2014 7 11 12 PM Get Device Time Set Device Time ID Fingerprint Card Only ID Password i Card Fingerprint ID Fingerprint Password Waw Card Password ID Fingerprint Password Card Fingerprint Password Card Fingerprint Password Fingerprint Ways Private Auth Fingerprint Password Double Mode Func Key Fingerprint Func Key Fingerprint Detect Face Password Server Matching Matching Timeout E Not use Mifare Use Template on Card View Mifare Layout E Use Wiegand Card Bypass Modify Delete Apply to Others Configure device information on the following tabs For an explanation of device settings see section 5 1 8 Operation mode Use this tab to set the device time or retrieve it from a host PC and adjust settings for operation modes Fingerprint Use this tab to specify security quality matching and timeout settings for fingerprint recognition Camera Use this tab to assign events by timezone that can be performed via the camera and the face detection feature Ne
264. or devices and add them to the BioStar system 7 Click Device in the shortcut pane 2 Inthe Task pane click Add Device 3 When the wizard appears click the radio button next to a connection type LAN Choose this option to search for devices connected via Ethernet or Wireless LAN Serial Choose this option to search for devices connected to a client PC via RS485 and RS232 or slave devices connected via RS485 to another device that is connected to a client PC see section 3 2 2 USB Device Choose this option to search for devices connected via USB ports Note BioStar versions 1 3 and higher include drivers for connecting BioStation and D Station devices via USB in Windows 7 These drivers will not work with Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 39 3 Setup the BioStar System older versions of BioStar If you are using an older version of BioStar be sure to install the correct USB drivers Virtual USB Device choose this option to search for virtual devices that you have added to a USB drive Click Next For USB or Virtual USB searches skip to step 7 If you are searching for devices connected via LAN or serial ports set advanced search criteria LAN Select whether to search for devices using TCP or UDP protocols When you select TCP you can specify an IP address range the type of device you are searching for BioStation D Station X Station BioStation T2 FaceStation 1470
265. or operation modes Face Use this tab to specify security level and enrollment sensitivity settings for face recognition Camera Use this tab to assign events by timezone that can be performed via the camera and the face detection feature Network Use this tab to specify settings for LAN or serial connections Access Control Use this tab to specify entrance limits and default access groups for an individual device Interphone Use this tab to set the device to act as an interphone which allows communication between people on either side of the door Input Use this tab to add modify or delete input settings for the device Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 58 3 Setup the BioStar System e Output Use this tab to add modify or delete output settings for the device Display Sound Use this tab to adjust display or sound settings and add background images and sounds e T amp A Use this tab to configure time and attendance settings e Wiegand Use this tab to configure the Wiegand format For more information about Wiegand formats see section 3 2 133 When you are finished configuring the device click Apply to save your changes To apply the same settings to other devices click Apply to Others and select other devices from the Device Tree dialog box 3 2 13 Change Wiegand Formats From the BioStar interface you can configure the Wiegand format of a device to control device inputs and o
266. ord Set the device to require card plus fingerprint plus password authorization Always or No Time Fingerprint Operation Mode Fingerprint Set the device to require only fingerprint authorization Always or No Time Fingerprint Password Set the device to require fingerprint plus password authorization Always or No Time Func Key Fingerprint Set the device to require function key plus fingerprint authorization Always or No Time Func Key Fingerprint Password Set the device to require function key plus fingerprint plus password authorization Always or No Time Other options Private Auth Set the device to allow a private authorization method Disable or Enable f enabled the authentication mode of the user will be determined by a user s Authorization setting which is located on the Details tab If disabled the authentication mode will be determined by operation mode settings of the device Double Mode Set the device to require authentication of two users IDs access cards or fingerprints Always or No Time The timeout for presenting the second authentication is 15 seconds Detect Face Set the device to capture a face image Upon successful authentication the captured image is stored in the event log Server Matching Enable this setting to perform user ID fingerprint or card ID matching at the BioStar server instead of the device When this mode is enabled the devices will send the us
267. ormation 6 Click Transfer to Device to send the user information to the selected devices Note You can also delete users from devices with this menu This action cannot be undone so use this feature with caution To delete users from a device click a user s name and then click Delete Users When using Xpass or Xpass Slim devices as lift readers transferring settings to the device with the User menu will reset all of the settings and user data stored on the device To preserve the settings use the Transfer to Device function in the Lift menu instead 3 6 5 2 Synchronize all users To synchronize all user information between the BioStar server and connected devices 1 Click User in the shortcut pane 2 Inthe task pane click Transfer Users to Device This will open the Select a Device dialog box see section 3 6 5 1 3 Select a device or devices from the list on the left by clicking the checkboxes next to device names 4 Click Synchronize All Users 3 56 5 3 Retrieve user data from a device To retrieve data from a device 7 Click User in the shortcut pane 2 Inthe task pane click Manage Users in Device This will open the Select Target Device dialog box Select Target Device Template Information Fal Device BB 0756 192 168 0 f E Fe an eae J 7 l al 13 User ID Template Num Face Num Access Group Security Level Check ee a ae 52113 192 168 0 65 ey T as E E 65535 192 168 0 36 E y T lt
268. ort Switch Function Schedule Duration ms 9 50006 Input 0 nN o Not Use Always Device Select the D Station device for which you will add or modify settings Port Select an input port Input 0 Input 1 or Tamper For Secure I O devices these settings are available Input 0 Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 Switch Click the radio buttons to specify the normal position of the input switc Functi h N O normally open or N C normally closed on Select an action to associate with the input Not Use The input port will not be monitored Generic Input The input port will be monitored for a triggering action For the events specified with Detect Input 0 3 in the Output Setting dialog box please see section 5 1 1 6 Emergency Open Open doors controlled by this device The normal door open period will be ignored and doors will remain open until an operator sends a Close Door command via the Door Zone Monitoring tab see section 4 4 1 Release All Alarms Cancel alarms associated with this device Restart Device Restart the device Disable Device Disable the device A disabled device will not communicate with the BioStar server or process fingerprints or card inputs To enable communication again an administrator must provide authentication at the device Schedule Set the schedule during which the inputs will be monitored Always or No Time Durati on ms Se
269. ost Slave or PC Connection Baudrate Set the baud rate for a device connected via RS485 9600 to 115200 5 1 5 3 Access Control tab The Access Control tab allows you to customize entrance limit settings default access groups and T amp A mode settings for Xpass Slim devices Operation Mode Network Access Control Input Output Command Card Display Sound Wiegand Entrance Limit Setting Timed APB min Option 1 o0 oooo Max Number of Entrance jo Option 2 ooo0 e s oooo Max Number of Entrance o E Option 3 o0 oooo Max Number of Entrance jo Option 4 o0 oooo Max Number of Entrance P Default Access Group Setting Default Group Full Access i Automatic T amp A Mode Change T amp A Mode In Event Caption Check In Fixed Entrance Out Event Caption Check Out Entrance Limit Setting Timed APB min Set the duration in minutes that a user will be unable to regain entry to an area via the device Once a user has gained entry the device will reject the user s card or fingerprint authorization for the time period specified here Option 1 4 Click the checkbox to enable an entrance limit setting and then specify the effective hours for the entrance limit Max Number of Entrance Set the maximum number of entries allowed during the specified time limit Default Access Group Setting Select a default access group to be applied to new users who have no
270. ou have more users than can be downloaded to a device or user information cannot be distributed due to security concerns Mifare Mifare template cards are not supported in the Xpass slim device Card ID Format Format Type Set the type of pre processing to occur on card ID data Normal or Wiegand If Normal is selected the card ID data will be processed in its original form If Wiegand is selected devices will interpret card ID data according to the Wiegand format settings Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 198 5 Customize Settings Byte Order Specify whether to swap ID card data between cards and devices by most significant byte MSB or least significant byte LSB Bit Order Specify whether to swap ID card data between cards and devices by most significant bit MSB or least significant bit LSB 5 1 5 2 Network tab The Network tab allows you to customize network and server settings for Xpass Slim devices Operation Mode Network Access Control Input Output Command Card Display Sound Wiegand TCP IP Setting IF Use DHCP Not use DHCP IP Address 61 8 152 174 Gateway 61 83 152 179 Subnet 255 2355 255 128 port Server Use Not Use Support 100 Base T Use Not Use Serial Setting R465 TCP IP Use DHCP Click this radio button to enable the dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP for the device
271. ow a private authorization method Disable or Enable f enabled the authentication mode of the user will be determined by a user s authorization setting Private Auth Mode which is located on the Details tab in the User pane If disabled the authentication mode will be determined by the operation mode settings of the device Double Verification Mode Set the device to require verification from two users during a selected schedule Always Disable or custom schedule Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 163 5 Customize Settings Mifare iCLASS available on select models Bio Entry Plus Mifare devices Not use Card Check this box to disable MIFARE card authorization Card Reading Mode Set the tyupe of card authorization mode Mifare Template or Mifare CSN only View Mifare Layout Click this button to configure the MIFARE layout used by the device For more information about configuring MIFARE layouts please see section 3 6 4 7 Bio Entry Plus iCLASS devices Not use Card Check this box to disable iCLASS or FeliCa card authorization Card Reading Mode Set the type of card authorization mode iCLASS Template CLASS CSN only or FeliCa CSN only View Card Layout Click this button to configure the iCLASS layout used by the device For more information about configuring iCLASS layouts please see section 3 6 4 7 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 164 5 C
272. ows you to customize network and server settings for D Station devices Operation Mode Fingerprint Camera Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display iSound TRA Wiegand TCP IP Setting Lan Type Ethernet v Port 1470 WLAN IP Use DHCP Not Use DHCP IP Address Gateway Subnet Max Conn 1 v Server O Use Not use IP Address Server Port SSL Serial Setting R5485 Network R5485 Mode Slave v Baudrate 115200 v R5232 USB Setting Baudrate 115200 v Enable USB port Disable USB port TCP IP Setting LAN Type Select a type of LAN connection from the drop down list Disable Ethernet or Wireless LAN Port Specify a port to use for the device WLAN Change setting Click to specify settings for a wireless local area network WLAN This option is active only when WLAN is selected as the TCP IP setting For more information about configuring settings for a WLAN please see section 3 2 4 Use DHCP Click this radio button to enable the dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP for the device Not Use DHCP Click this radio button to disable the dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP for this device IP Address Specify an IP address for the device Subnet Specify a subnet address for the device Gateway Specify a network gateway Max Conn Specify the maximum number of connections to allow Server Use Click this radio button to enable the server mode Not use Click this r
273. p C Option 3 0000 oooo Max Number of Entrance b Default Group Setting Default Group Entrance Limit Setting Timed APB min Set the duration in minutes that a user will be unable to regain entry to an area via the device Once a user has gained entry the device will reject the user s card or fingerprint authorization for the time period specified here Option 1 4 Click the checkbox to enable an entrance limit setting and then specify the effective hours for the entrance limit Max Number of Entrance Set the maximum number of entries allowed during the specified time limit Default Group Setting Select a default access group to be applied to new users who have not been assigned to another access group Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web E E 13 5 Customize Settings 5 1 6 6 Interphone tab The Interphone tab allows you to set the device to act as an interphone to allow communication between people on either side of the door Operation Made Face Camera Network Access Control Interphone Input Output Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Not Use oo Interphone Yideophone Type Select one of the following options Aanlogue Interphone Choose this option to enable the analogue interphone IP interphone Choose this option to enable the VolP feature A telephone is required BioStar Videophone Choose this option to enable the videophone
274. prema Inc On the web www supremainc com 48 3 Setup the BioStar System Select a command type from the drop down list 7 f desired set the command card to require administrator authentication by clicking the checkbox next to the option 8 Click Add 3 2 7 Configure a BioLite Net Device To configure a BioLite Net device 1 2 Click Device in the shortcut pane Double click a device name in the navigation pane This will open a Device pane similar to the one below Device Basic Information Name 41991 192 168 0 73 Device ID 41991 Firmware V1 4_140206 l Device Type BLNM OC Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand BioLiteNet Time Get Host PC Time Date 4 3 2014 Gy Time i Set Device Time Sensor Mode Always On ID Entered Operation Mode Fingerprint Only Password Only Ef Fingerprint Password Fingerprint Password Card Only 3 d i Mifare Wiegand Pinot use Mifare Euse Wiegand Card Bypass Card ID Format fomai Ti st Orde store Add Modify Delete Apply to Others Configure device information on the following tabs For an explanation of device settings see section 5 1 3 e Operation mode Use this tab to set the device time or retrieve it from a host PC adjust settings for operation modes and adjust options for fingerprint recognition e Fingerprint Use this t
275. put relay a Inthe Alarm Off Event section select an event from the first drop down list b Select the device number or All Device from the second drop down list c Enter a priority for the event d Click Add 7 When you are finished click Save 4 3 10 3 2 Configure inputs from external devices To integrate BioStar s door control with other alarm systems such as fire warning systems you can specify the actions BioStar will take when receiving an input You can also configure inputs to work with manual door releases exit buttons and other types of external devices To configure inputs Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 1 14 3 Setup the BioStar System A p pon 10 11 Click Device in the shortcut pane In the navigation pane click a device name In the Device pane click the Input tab Click Add at the bottom of the pane This will open the Input Setting dialog box Input Setting 50006 Input 0 n o Not Use Select an input port from the second drop down list Select the normal position of the input switch N O normally open or N C normally closed Select a Function to be triggered Generic Input Emergency Open Release All Alarm Restart Device Disable Device LED Green Input LED Red Input Buzzer Input Access Granted Input and Access Denied Input Note With BioStar 1 8v LED Green Input LED Red Input Buzzer Input Access Granted Input
276. put tab BioEntry Plus 149 BioEntry W 149 BioLite Net 159 BioStation 137 BioStation T2 212 D Station 188 FaceStation 226 Xpass 169 Xpass Slim 177 X Station 198 S Secure I O overview 12 Server Settings 135 185 196 209 223 site keys changing 76 support 249 system requirements 18 7 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine com 203 O Index T amp A mode BioEntry Plus 148 BioLite Net 162 BioStation 141 D Station 191 216 229 Xpass 167 176 X Station 202 T amp A tab BioLite Net 162 BioStation 141 BioStation T2 215 D Station 191 FaceStation 229 X Station 201 time and attendance adding a daily schedule 88 adding a holiday rule 93 adding a leave period 94 adding a shift 90 adding a time category 87 generating T amp A reports 124 modifying T amp A reports 125 monitoring T amp A status via the IO Board 123 overview 17 printing or exporting T amp A report data 127 Timezone pane 82 timezones adding holidays 83 creating 82 toolbar 27 U users adding new information fields 118 119 120 Card tab 247 creating accounts 66 customizing information fields 119 deleting 118 deleting all via command cards 119 deleting an individual via command cards 118 Details tab 245 enrolling via command cards 70 exporting data 121 Face tab 246 247 Fingerprints tab 246 importing data 122 modifying information fie
277. r Send Email Activate and setup emails to be sent by the system For more information about sending alert emails see section 3 10 2 Output Device activate and select a device to output an alarm signal Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine com 2200 5 Customize Settings Output Port Select an output port to use when sending the alarm signal Output Signal Select an output signal to send 5 3 1 3 Access Group tab The Access Group tab allows you to specify access groups that can bypass normal restrictions for the zone To grant bypass rights to an access group select a group and click Apply at the bottom right of the Zone pane Details Alarm Access Group Event wh Select Bypass Group Access Group Full Access Mo access Shift 1 SIO 5 3 2 Customize Settings for Entrance Limit Zones The sections below describe the settings available for entrance limit zones Customize the way the zone functions by changing these settings to suit your particular environment and operational needs Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine coma2O 5 Customize Settings 5 3 2 1 Details tab The Details tab allows you to specify entrance limits and a schedule for the zone restrictions Details Alarm Access Group Event Entrance Limit Zone Setting Be m pe 0000 Max Number of Entrance Max Number of Entrance mat Max Number of Entrance m
278. r leave to record their T amp A events Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine com AO 5 Customize Settings Manual Fix When a T amp A key is pressed the device will remain in that mode until a different T amp A key is pressed Auto change The device will automatically change T amp A modes to correspond with the functions specified for a time period Event Fix The device will perform only the specified T amp A function T amp A Key Specify which keys to use for T amp A events and the event types associated with them Function Key Select a function key from the drop down list to assign a T amp A event F1 F4 EXTO1 EXT12 If you are using the Event Fix mode you can click the checkbox to the right to designate a fixed event Event Caption Enter a caption for the event Auto Mode Schedule When using the Auto Change mode you can specify when the event will occur by selecting a timezone in the drop down list For more information on creating a timezone please see section 3 7 1 Event Type Set the type of event to assign to the key Not Use Check In Check Out In or Out In Out indicates the general check in out events during a day whereas Check In Out indicates the formal check in out events upon arrival and departure at work or the first check in and the last check out events on that day When you choose Check In or Check Out you can enable the Regard as normal check in check out event opt
279. r of bits and click Apply Click the User ID button I on the right Assign ID bits by clicking the appropriate squares Click Next until you reach the Wiegand Configuration Alternative Value dialog box Click Finish to close the wizard 3 2 13 3 Configure a custom Wiegand format It is able to change entire bit numbers and parity bit numbers allocate ID bit and custom ID bit section define parity bit and set alternative values for specific output data section by selecting user custom Wiegand type Configure a custom Wiegand format 1 After selecting the format in the wizard click Next to advance to the Wiegand Configuration Format dialog box Wiegand Configuration Format Total Bits OF ID Bits Reset Parity 1 User ID Custom ID Even Parity 2 Odd Parity J Undefined Format 0 Em KE iL USS 2 BPRS SHR i i lt 20 CeM gt 3t If desired enter a new total number of bits and click Apply If parity settings have changed click the Reset parity button Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 6 1 3 Setup the BioStar System 70 11 12 13 14 15 Click the User ID button I on the right and assign ID bits by clicking the appropriate squares Click the Custom ID button on the right and then click the square and set the area for custom ID bit Click the Even Parity button E on the right and assign an even parity bit by clicking on t
280. rder Copyright Notice This document is copyrighted 2008 2013 by Suprema Inc All rights reserved All other product names trademarks or registered trademarks are property of their respective owners Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com VIII About the BioStar System BioStar is Suprema s next generation access control system based on IP connectivity and biometric security Most system devices integrate fingerprint scanners and card readers for multiple levels of user authentication However Suprema s biometric devices installed at each door work not only as card or fingerprint scanners and card readers but also as intelligent access controllers The licensed standard edition of BioStar is unlocked by a USB dongle Without the dongle BioStar functions as a free but limited capability version With the dongle BioStar offers greater versatility and additional features as shown in the table below EEE Maximum of doors 512 20 Maximum of clients 32 2 Zone support Yes No Email notifications Yes No Server matching Yes No Shift types Daily and Weekly Weekly only IO board es No Visual Map Yes No Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 9 1 About the BioStar System BioStar V1 8 supports the following devices BioStation pate 0432 57 BioStation V1 5 or later BioStation is a multifunctional terminal w
281. re advancing to the next color in the cycle Buzzer Set the buzzer behavior for a specified event Count Enter a number of buzzer cycles for the specified event Enter O to enable an infinite loop or 1 to disable the buzzer Volume Set up to three tone volumes from the drop down list Low Middle or High The buzzer will cycle through these volumes in order from top to bottom Next to each volume enter the duration in milliseconds that the buzzer should maintain the selected volume and the duration in milliseconds that the buzzer should remain off before advancing to the next volume in the cycle Fade Out Set the tone volume to fade out before advancing to the next volume in the cycle by clicking this checkbox 5 1 5 8 Wiegand tab The Wiegand tab allows you to configure the Wiegand format for an Xpass device Click Change Format to launch the Wiegand Configuration wizard To activate the Wiegand feature for an Xpass device click the checkbox at the top right of the tab For more information on configuring the Wiegand format see section 3 2 13 Operation Mode Network Access Control Input Output Command Card Display Sound Wiegand Wiegand Format Format 26 bit Standard EAAA AAAA AIII IIII IIII IIII I0 Total Bits ID Bits I ID bit O ParityBit Odd E ParityBit Even A B Fields FO Code Disable Pulse Width us Default Field Data Pulse space us Wiegand Mode Se
282. rom the card you can also click Use User ID to insert the user s ID in these fields e To enter the data manually type the card ID and custom ID in the corresponding fields click OK and then skip to step 8 e To read the data from the card click Read Card the LED on the device you selected will begin flashing and then place the card on the device After the card has been read click OK Click Apply to save the card to the user s account 3 6 4 2 Issue HID proximity cards To register a HID proximity card for a user 1 2 Click User in the shortcut pane In the navigation pane click a user s name Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 83 3 Setup the BioStar System 3 In the User pane click the Card tab 4 Select HID Prox from the Card Type drop down list 5 Click Card Management This will open the Card Management dialog box Card Management Device ID 25183 25183 61 83 152 176 w Card Information User ID Card ID Fc 6 Select a Device ID from the drop down list Enter a card ID and facility code FC either manually or by reading from the card you can also click Use User ID to insert the user s ID in these fields e To enter the data manually type the ID and facility code in the corresponding fields click OK and then skip to step 8 e To read the data from the card click Read Card the LED on the device you selected will begin flashing and then place the
283. roups and setup time and attendance within the BioStar software This administrator s guide does not cover procedures for installing physical components wiring doors and devices or connecting devices to networks For more information about hardware installation and physical configuration of your access control system please refer to the installation guides that accompany your access control devices Before adding users it is a good idea to add and configure accounts for system administrators and operators It is also useful to understand some general concepts regarding administration of the BioStar system BioStar allows for multiple levels of administration operation and interaction with the system Each administrative level has varying degrees of privileges and access to the system menus User Doors Visual Map Access Control Monitoring Devices and Time amp Attendance The BioStar system includes three preset administrator levels in addition to custom administrator levels e Administrator e Operator e Manager Custom administrator levels Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 3S 3 Setup the BioStar System Administrators are capable of adding and configuring devices users doors zones and access groups They also can manage time and attendance functions including setting up time categories daily schedules shifts holiday rules and leave periods as well as creating modifying and viewing tim
284. s 10 seconds and you can set min 1 second to max 60 seconds Supported by latest regular firmware among Xpass and BioEntry Plus supporting LIFT IO Note Supported Firmware Versions BioEntry Plus 1 6 Xpass 1 3 e OUTPUT This field lists the avaialble outputs of the LIFT I O device e Floor Use this tab to see the zones associated with a door e Not use Select the checkbox when you do not use the output port of the LIFT I O device Clear the checkbox to control aceess to floors by associating outputs with floors 4 When you are finished configuring the elevator click Apply to save your changes 3 4 4 Add Users to an Elevator 1 Click Lifts in the shortcut pane Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 66 3 Setup the BioStar System Click the name of an elevator in the navigation pane Click Lift Manage Users in the shortcut pane This will open the Lift Manage User dialog box Lit Manage User Select Usar heck the Ai 3 A User 3 g New User 1 Cite New Lit a New User 2 D Bs et 40 In the left pane click a user s name In the right pane click the checkboxes next to floors that you wish to assign the user to Click Apply to save your chagnes 3 4 5 Transfer Settings to an Elevator Attention When using Xpass or Xpass Slim devices as lift readers transferring settings to the device with the User menu will reset all of the settings and user data stored on the device To preser
285. s 23 2 3 1 Configure the MySQL Database ccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaees 25 2 3 2 Configure the BioStar Server cccccceccseseceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeesseeeesenaaaes 25 2 4 Install the BioStar Client Application cccccsseeeccseeeeceeeeeeneeeeeseeeees 27 2 4 1 Log in to BioStar for the First TimMe ccccccceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 29 ZZ BOIT ACS enaa a a A ENE E A E A EI EEE A E ES 30 2 5 Customize the BioStar Interface ccccsseeeeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeseeeeeeaeeeees 31 29 1 Change the TNMG smsentansnaesazncnasnannvecereesnancdenehtoriiertaeusnseaaeanuaewenaiounconss 31 29 2 CUSTOMIZE Me TOODA r e E 32 2 5 3 Change Event VIC WS specceececesenencutensec yates eanectserenemesssesusuareeasaiacen canneries 33 2 6 Migrate a Database from BioAdmin to BioStar cccsseeeeeeeeeeeees 33 03 Setup the BioStar System cccccseeceseeeeceeeeceeeeseeseseeeeeseeess 35 3 1 Create Administrative ACCOUNTS cccsseccccseeeeeeeseeeseeeeeseeeeesaneeesaaes 35 3 1 1 Administrative Levels is cass cxcnsansineierensassante ietescebendinwesimdaestiendoacearadeeseiontenn 35 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com II BioStar 1 8 Administrator Guide 3 1 2 Add and Customize Administrative ACCOUNTS ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeens 36 32 SUP DEV CS onn o OOE EE 39 3 2 1 Search for and Add DeVICES ccsccccccseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeee
286. s supported from the FW versions BioStation 1 93 BioStation T2 1 3 FaceStation 1 3 BioEntry Plus 1 6 BioEntry W 1 2 BioLite Net 1 4 Xpass 1 3 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 188 5 Customize Settings 5 1 4 2 Network tab The Network tab allows you to customize network and server settings for Xpass devices Operation Mode Network Access Control Input Output Command Card Display Sound Wiegand TCP IP Setting IF Use DHCP Not use DHCP IP Address 61 83 152 174 Gateway 61 83 152 129 Subnet 2355 255 255 128 port Server Use Not Use Support 100 Base T Use Not Use Serial Setting R5485 TCP IP Use DHCP Click this radio button to enable the dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP for the device Not Use DHCP Click this radio button to disable the dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP for this device IP Address Specify an IP address for the device Subnet Specify a subnet address for the device Gateway Specify a network gateway Port Specify a port to use for the device Support MTU Size setting Devices affiliated with Black Fin support MTU Size setting The supported packet size is between 1078 and 1514 and the default is 1514 Note This feature is supported from the FW versions BioEntry Plus 1 6 BioEntry W 1 2 BioLite Net 1 4 Xpass 1 3 Server Use Click this radio button to
287. sec If a user does not place a finger on the device within the timeout period the authorization will fail Matching Timeout Set the length of time before the device will timeout when trying to identify a fingerprint match 0 Infinite to 10 sec Server Matching Enable this setting to perform fingerprint or card ID matching at the BioStar server instead of the device When this mode is enabled the devices will send the fingerprint template or card ID to the server to verify a match This mode is useful when you have more users than can be downloaded to a device or user information cannot be distributed due to security concerns Check Fake Finger Set the device to detect the use of fake fingerprints such as those made from silicon or rubber and prevent unauthorized access Check Duplicate FP Set the device to determine whether or not a scanned fingerprint has been previously enrolled If the device determines that a fingerprint has been previously enrolled the enrollment process will fail 5 1 1 3 Network tab The Network tab allows you to customize network and server settings for BioStation devices Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 153 5 Customize Settings Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand TCP IP Setting Lan Type Ethernet v Pot 1470 WLAN IP Use DHCP Not Use D
288. security level is increased so too is the likelihood of a false rejection Enroll Sensitivity Set the sensitivity of the face recognition system 0 Min to 9 Max A higher sensitivity setting will result in easier face recognition but also increases the sensitivity to external visual noise Use Templete Image Set whether or not to display user face template images in the FaceStation device 5 1 9 3 Camera tab The Camera tab allows you to control how the camera is used for authorization purposes In the Timezone field select a timezone for the specified event Click Add to select an event that will activate the camera Click Apply to save your settings Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web siemanisitadinimealt tc 7 5 Customize Settings Operation Mode Face Network Access Control Interphone Input Output Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Camera Event Timezone 5 Identify Success Face Only New Time Zone Mo Time 5 1 9 4 Network tab The Network tab allows you to customize network and server settings for FaceStation devices Operation Mode Face Camera Network Access Control Interphone Input Output Display Sound T amp A Wiegand TCP IP Setting Lan Type Ethernet w Port 1470 WLAN IP Not Use DHCP IP Address 192 168 0 199 Gateway Subnet 255 255 255 O0 Max Conn Server Not use Serial Setting R5465 Network R 5485 Reese USB Se
289. situations an administrator or operator may need to open or close a door remotely To open or close doors 7 Click Monitoring in the shortcut pane 2 The Door Zone Monitoring tab lists door names and their statuses To change the status open or closed of a door click the door name and then click either Open Door or Close Door You can also open and close doors while monitoring a Visual Map For more information see section 4 3 2 4 4 2 Release Alarms When an event triggers an alarm administrators or operators can release the alarm remotely To release alarms 7 Click Monitoring in the shortcut pane 2 The Door Zone Monitoring tab lists doors names and alarm events To release cancel an alarm click the door name and then click Release Alarm 4 4 3 Lock or Unlock Devices BioStar allows you to lock and unlock devices to prevent unauthorized access when BioStar is not running This action blocks communication from devices You can either lock devices manually from the BioStar interface or automatically when you exit the BioStar software All connected devices can be simultaneously locked or unlocked but you cannot lock or unlock devices that are connected directly to the BioStar server 4 4 3 1 Lock or unlock connected devices To lock all connected devices from the menu bar click Option gt Device gt Lock All Devices To unlock all connected devices Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc c
290. st configuration protocol DHCP for the device Not Use DHCP Click this radio button to disable the dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP for this device IP Address Specify an IP address for the device Subnet Specify a subnet address for the device Gateway Specify a network gateway Max Conn Specify the maximum number of connections to allow Server Use Click this radio button to enable the server mode Not use Click this radio button do disable server settings IP Address Specify an IP address for the BioStar server Server Port Specify the port used to connect to the server Time sync with Server Check this box to synchronize the device time with the server The device polls for a time change on the server every one hour and its time will be synchronized with the server when the device s time and the server s time differ by more than 5 seconds RS485 Network Mode Set the mode for a device connected via RS485 Disable Host or Slave For more information about RS485 modes please see sections 3 2 1 and 3 2 2 RS485 Fekat Baudrate Set the baud rate for a device connected via RS485 9600 to 115200 Access Control tab The Access Control tab allows you to customize entrance limit settings and default access groups for an X Station device Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Entrance Limit Setting
291. supremainc com 175 4 Manage the BioStar System 4 2 2 View Logs in User Door and Zone Panes To view pre defined logs 1 M AMN Click User or Doors in the shortcut pane In the navigation pane click a user door or zone name In the User Doors or Zone panes click the Event tab Set an event period beginning and ending dates with the drop down calendars Click Get Log This will generate a list of the relevant events for the period you specified l ER Details Fingerprints Card Access Control Event Period F 2 2008 lo 7 3 2008 be Get Log Mo moon fe w pa oe Date amp Time Where In Out Status 2008 07 03 08 48 40 Garage Door 1 In Enroll Success 2008 07 03 08 48 16 Garage Door 1 In Enroll Success 2008 07 02 15 21 25 Garage Door 1 In Enroll Success 2008 07 02 14 45 04 Garage Door 1 In Enroll Success 2008 07 02 14 44 20 In Enroll Success 2008 07 02 14 43 49 In Unknown 20 4 2 3 View Logs from the Monitoring Pane To specify log filters or view logs for groups of users doors or zones 1 2 3 4 Click Monitoring in the shortcut pane In the Monitoring pane click the Log List tab Set an event period beginning and ending dates with the drop down calendars Set the parameters to generate a log To show events by alarm priority click the Event checkbox and select an event priority from the drop down list To add a new alarm priority click the ellipsis button to op
292. t Select the device you will use for scanning fingerprints from the Enroll Device drop down list Select a security level from the 1 1 Security Level drop down list Specify any of the following options as desifred e Enroll Quality Set the quality of fingerprints to be enrolled to increase authentification efficiency The quality of a fingerprint is determined by multiple factors incluing data on its minutiae distribution You can specify four values 20 40 60 80 and selecting the higher numbers will improve the quality of a fingerprint but can reduce the chances of a fingerprint being enrolled Please note that this option is only avaiable on BioStar Standard Edition e Show Fingerprint Image Specify whether to display a fingerprint image on the screen Fingerprint images are not saved in the database of BioStar server and you can only save individual images on your PC if necessary Click Add at the bottom right of the User pane to create an empty slot for registering a fingerprint In an empty finger slot press Scan and then have the user place his or her finger on the scanner twice as prompted by the BioStar interface If desired click the checkbox next to the Duress option to set this fingerprint as the duress signal Repeat steps 6 8 to register the rest of fingerprints Click Apply to save your changes Validate the submitted fingerprints by clicking either one or both of the following two options e Verificati
293. t Device Event Date amp Time 201 192 168 0 203 Identify Success 2010 06 14 15 39 41 201 192 168 0 203 Identify Success 2010 06 14 15 39 46 201 192 168 0 203 Identify Success 2010 06 14 15 39 51 201 192 168 0 203 Identify Success 2010 06 14 15 27 00 201 192 168 0 203 Identify Success 2010 06 14 15 40 22 201 192 168 0 203 Identify Success 2010 06 14 15 40 27 6 1 4 201 0 6 1 4 2010 06 1 4 2010 3 451 7PM Page 1 of lt To save the report data as a comma delimited file click Save as CSV To print the report click the printer icon To export the report click the export icon 4 1 2 Monitor Areas with Cameras in Real Time BioStar allows you to monitor specified areas with the connected camera in real time To monitor specified areas in real time 1 Click Camera in the shortcut pane 2 Click Monitor Camera in the Task pane if desired 3 Click a camera in the navigation pane View Event Logs BioStar allows you to view event logs for users doors and zones You can access pre defined logs from the Event tabs in user door and zone panes or view access logs from the Administrator menu You can also use the Log List tab in the Monitoring pane to specify log parameters BioStar automatically collects log information from connected devices as long as the server is running However if you have devices that are not connected to the BioStar server you must manually upload logs before viewing them Copyright 2014
294. t FW 1 4v and Xpass FW 1 3v Schedule Set the schedule during which the inputs will be monitored Always Disable or custom schedule Duration ms Set the duration in milliseconds an input signal must last to trigger the specified action Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 156 5 Customize Settings 5 1 1 6 Output tab The Output tab lists output settings you have specified for a BioStation device Buttons at the bottom of the tab allow you to add modify or delete output settings To add or modify settings you must specify them from the Output Setting dialog box For more information about configuring output settings please see section 3 10 3 1 Output Setting Device Type 50006 Alarm On Event Alarm Off Event port Relay 0 Event Auth Success Device 50006 Signal Setting Signal1 Priority 1 Event Auth Success Device 50006 Priority 1 Cancel Device Type Select the device type for which you will add or modify settings Port Select an output port Relay 0 For Secure I O devices these settings are available Relay O or Relay 1 Alarm On Event Specify settings and click Add to add the event to the Alarm On Event list These events will activate an alarm Event Select an event that will activate an alarm Auth Success Auth Fail Auth Duress Anti passback Fail Access Not Granted Entrance Limited Admin Auth Success Tamper O
295. t Date Set a beginning date that the user can obtain authorization via the BioStar system e Expiry Date Set a date that the user s account will expire you can also specify the hour that the account will expire e Private Auth Mode Set the authorization method for the user Device Default Fingerprint Fingerprint Password Card Only Card Fingerprint Card Password Card Fingerprint Password Card Fingerprint Password ID Fingerprint ID Password ID Fingerprint Password ID Fingerprint Password If you set the method to Device Default the authentication mode will be determined by operation mode settings of the device e Title Select a title for the user Guest President Director General Manager Chief Assistant Manager or custom title e Mobile Enter a mobile telephone number for a user e Genders Select a user s gender e Date of Birth Select a user s date of birth from the drop down calendar Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web ees S S 5 Customize Settings 5 4 2 Fingerprints Tab The Fingerprints tab allows you to specify which type of scanner to use for enrollment and the security level to apply This tab can also be used to test for fingerprint matches and register duress fingerprints For more information about registering fingerprints see section Details Fingerprints Face Face Fusion Card Access Control T amp A Event Enroll Device 9964 192 168 0
296. t Edit Event Delete Event When you change events you must refresh result list without checking Rebuild All If you refresh list with Rebuild All all of result data will roll back in selected period 3 To edit an event change the following event properties as necessary and then click Edit Event To add an event change the following event properties as necessary and then click Add Event To delete the event click Delete Event e Date Select whether the event occurred on this day or the next day Event Select the type of event e Time Set the time of the event Device Set the device where the event occurred 4 When you are finished modifying the event data click the X in the top right corner to close the dialog box 5 Inthe T amp A Report window ensure that the Rebuild checkbox is NOT checked Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 144 4 Manage the BioStar System 6 Click Update Report The report will show the changes you have made The changes you have made via the detailed editing will not be restored to the original data even if you click the check box next to Rebuild and click Update Report If you want to reproduce the report with the original data click the checkboxes next to Rebuild and Rebuild All and then click Update Report Note You can sort report data by clicking any column header the sort will toggle between ascending and d
297. t Thread Count 32 tl Server Matching E Number Of Core 2 I 4 Database E Database Type ORACLE v f Database Name BioStar Server Authentication B Database Server localhostiBSServer Port 49258 ID Password Max Connection 1 OpenSSL Path CAOpensSLibin openss exe Browse Pass Phrase az Change Refresh Apply OK Cancel The server configuration utility allows you to monitor and control the following e Status view and modify the current status of the BioStar server Stopped or Started You can stop and start the server by clicking the Start or Stop button on the right e Connection view and modify the details for the connection between the server and devices TCP Port enter the port that devices and client applications use to connect to the server You should use a port that is not shared with any other software applications In most cases you can use the default port 1480 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web ww supremaine coma O 2 Install the BioStar Software 2 4 Thread Count enter the maximum thread count that the BioStar server can create You can enter any number between 32 and 512 however keep in mind a larger thread count will consume more system resources Client List click this button to view a list of devices that are connected to the BioStar server The list shows the IP address of each device and whether or not a SSL certificate has been issued t
298. t been assigned to another access group Automatic T amp A Mode Change Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine com 200 T amp A Mode Set the time and attendance mode for the device Disable Fixed In Fixed Out and Auto Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine com a2 7 5 Customize Settings 3 1 3 Fixed Entrance When the Auto T amp A mode is selected specify when to allow entrance events by selecting a timezone Always Disable or custom timezone in the drop down list For more information on creating a timezone please see section 3 7 1 Fixed Exit Time When the Auto T amp A mode is selected specify when to allow exit events by selecting a timezone Always Disable or custom timezone in the drop down list For more information on creating a timezone please see section 3 7 1 In Event Caption Seet a caption for check in Out Event Caption Set a caption for check out Input tab The input tab lists input settings you have specified for an Xpass Slim device Buttons at the bottom of the tab allow you to add modify or delete input settings To add or modify settings you must specify them from the Input Setting dialog box For more information about configuring input settings see section 3 10 3 2 Input Setting 50006 Input 0 N o Not Use Device Select the Xpass Slim or Secure I O device for which you will add or modify
299. t significant bit MSB or least significant bit LSB In Double mode setting option which includes an admin user is supported In Double mode door relay will not open unless an admin user authenticates within 15 seconds after a normal user authenticates If this option is not activated the door relay will open when other two users regardless of whether being a normal user or an admin user This feature is supported from the FW versions BioStation 1 93 BioStation T2 1 3 FaceStation 1 3 BioEntry Plus 1 6 BioEntry W 1 2 BioLite Net 1 4 Xpass 1 3 Use Wiegand Card Bypass This feature makes the device to send out Card CSN according to Wiegand setting of BioStar without having to conduct a matching This is designed to be used as a dummy reader in a connection with a third party access control unit through Wiegand When a card data input is made the device sends out the data through Wiegand without going through a matching process This feature is supported from the FW versions BioStation 1 93 BioStation T2 1 3 FaceStation 1 3 BioEntry Plus 1 6 BioEntry W 1 2 BioLite Net 1 4 Xpass 1 3 5 1 8 2 Fingerprint tab The Fingerprint tab allows you to customize fingerprint authorization settings for BioStation T2 devices Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web ww supremaine com 2O 5 Customize Settings Operation Mode Fingerprint Camera Network Access Control Interphone Input Output Black List Display Sound
300. t the duration in milliseconds an input signal must last to trigger the specified action Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web E E 15 5 Customize Settings 5 1 6 8 Output tab The Output tab lists output settings you have specified for a D Station device Buttons at the bottom of the tab allow you to add modify or delete output settings To add or modify settings you must specify them from the Output Setting dialog box For more information about configuring output settings see section 3 10 3 1 Output Setting Device Type 50006 Alarm On Event Alarm Off Event Relay 0 Event Auth Success Device 50006 Signal Setting Signal1 Priority 1 Event Auth Success Device 50006 Priority 1 Save Cancel Device Type Select the device type for which you will add or modify settings Port select an output port Relay 0 For Secure I O devices these settings are available Relay O or Relay 7 Alarm On Event Specify settings and click Add to add the event to the Alarm On Event list These events will activate an alarm Event Select an event that will activate an alarm Auth Success Auth Fail Auth Duress Anti passback Fail Access Not Granted Entrance Limited Admin Auth Success Tamper On Door Opened Door Close Forced Open Door Held Open Door Detect Input 1 3 Device Select the device to monitor for an alarm event Signal Setting Select a signal setting that
301. t the mode of Wiegand input to use when reading card ID data Legacy or Extended The Legacy mode will treat connected RF devices as part of their host devices this is the typical function of previous Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine come2000 5 Customize Settings versions of BioStar The Extended mode will allow RF card readers to operate independently which allows them to be associated with doors included in zones and leave logs with their own device IDs Wiegand Input Assign the Wiegand input Disabled The input will not be used Wiegand Card The ID field of the Wiegand string is interpreted as a card ID Wiegand User The ID field of the Wiegand string is interpreted as a user ID Wiegand Output Assign the Wiegand output Disabled The output will not be used Wiegand Card Inserts the card ID of the authenticated user in the ID field of the Wiegand string Wiegand User Inserts the user ID of the authenticated user in the ID field of the Wiegand string 5 1 6 Customize Settings for D Station Devices The sections below describe the settings available for D Station devices Customize the way D Station devices function by changing these settings to suit your particular environment and operational needs 5 1 6 1 Operation Mode tab The Operation Mode tab allows you to customize time and various operation modes settings for D Station devices Operation M
302. t to be installed in tight spaces and it features access control to floors when connected with a LIFT I O device via RS485 slave X Station X Station is an easy to use smart IP terminal with a 3 5 inch touchscreen LCD that supports ID and card access only The device supports face detection with a built in camera X Station allows you to store up to 200 000 users with 1GB of internal flash memory and 256MB of RAM BioMini BioMini Plus The BioMini and BioMini Plus devices are fingerprint scanners that can be used for convenient user enrollment Installing the device is simple plug them into a USB connection on any computer that is connected to the BioStar server and install a driver Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 7 7 1 About the BioStar System 1 1 e Secure I O The Secure I O device provides a convenient way to increase the security of externally mounted devices or expand the capabilities of your system When doors are controlled by a secure I O device intruders cannot open doors even if they succeed in uninstalling external devices To further increase security the secure I O device provides encrypted communications between door components The Secure I O device has four input switches and two output relays to allow control of multiple components with a single device ee e LIFT I O The LIFT I O supports 0 9 device IDs and 12 output ports 12 input ports are not currently supported Each o
303. te additional Visual Maps for each floor The Visual Map feature is available only in the Standard Edition 4 3 1 Create a Visual Map In the setup mode you can add the floor plan of your building and place doors To add the floor plan and place doors on the plan I 2 In the shortcut pane click Visual Map In the task pane click Setup Mode Monitor Mode will appear in the title bar of the Visual Map window In the task pane click Add Visual Map This will open a new Visual Map window on the right In the Visual Map window type a name for the new Visual Map Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 178 4 Manage the BioStar System 70 11 12 At the bottom of the Visual Map window click Set Background to add a floor plan The BioStar supports images larger than resolution 730x470 in jpg bmp gif or png format only Choose an image and click Open Click Add Door to add doors This will open a window with a list of doors From the door list click the checkboxes next to doors to add and click Apply Door icons will appear on the floor plan Visual Map Setup Mode Name Suprema E a Room 103 Room 104 _ tt 5 5 i 5 5 Click and drag the door icon to the desired location on the floor plan You can individually relocate a door icon or name by double clicking the door icon or name To remove a door from the floor plan click the
304. the card ID data will be processed in its original form If Wiegand is selected devices will interpret card ID data according to the Wiegand format settings Byte Order Specify whether to swap ID card data between cards and devices by most significant byte MSB or least significant byte LSB Bit Order Specify whether to swap ID card data between cards and devices by most significant bit MSB or least significant bit LSB In Double mode setting option which includes an administrator is supported In Double mode door relay will not open unless an administrator authenticates within 15 seconds after a user authenticates If this option is not activated the door relay will open when other two users regardless of whether being a user or an administrator authenticate within 15 seconds Note This feature is supported from the FW versions BioStation 1 93 BioStation T2 1 3 FaceStation 1 3 BioEntry Plus 1 6 BioEntry W 1 2 BioLite Net 1 4 Xpass 1 3 Use Wiegand Card Bypass This feature makes the device to send out Card CSN according to Wiegand setting of BioStar without having to conduct a matching This is designed to be used as a dummy reader in a connection with a third party access control unit through Wiegand When a card data input is made the device sends out the data through Wiegand without going through a matching process Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 18 7 Note This feature i
305. the checkbox next to a group name and then click Apply 3 5 2 8 View zone events The Event tab in the Zone pane provides a listing of log events for a particular zone You can set a date range with the drop down calendars and view a report of events by clicking Get Log For more information about monitoring and viewing event logs see section 4 1 Setup Users You will need to use a fingerprint scanner to capture each user s fingerprints For this reason it may be helpful to have a terminal connected to the system at a registration center such as a human resources or security office BioStation BioEntry Plus BioEntry W BioLite Net or D Station devices can be used for fingerprint scanning when networked to the BioStar server or the BioMini USB device can be connected directly to a BioStar client to provide convenient fingerprint scanning at a registration location Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 15 3 Setup the BioStar System When adding users you will first need to create a user account Once the account has been created you can register fingerprints and access cards or edit user details as desired 3 6 1 Create a User Account User data is controlled via a user account You can create new accounts for users or retrieve user data from a device To retrieve user data from a device please see section 3 6 5 3 To migrate user data from an existing BioAdmin database see section 2 4 To cr
306. the group You can add users to access groups from the User tab as described below or by assigning access groups to a user from the User pane as described in 3 8 3 You can assign a user to a maximum of four access groups To add users to access groups 1 Click Access Control in the shortcut pane 2 From the User tab in the Access Group pane click Add 3 In the Add New User dialog box select users to add to the group by checking user groups or individual users Add New User User ae User 4 Click OK If you have setup user groups users will appear under their respective groups 3 8 3 Assign Access Groups to Users You can also define which access groups a user will belong to up to four total from the User pane To assign an access group to a user 1 Click User in the shortcut pane 2 In the navigation pane click a user s name 3 Click the Access Control tab in the User pane Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 98 3 Setup the BioStar System 4 Click Add This will open the User Access Group dialog box User Accessgroup Unselected Items Selected Items New Access Group New Access Group 1 No access Click the name of an access group from the list on the left and then click gt Repeat step 5 as needed to assign additional access groups 7 When you are finished assigning access groups click OK 3 8 4 Transfer Access Groups to Devices To transf
307. the next by clicking the arrow to the right of the day In addition you can add up to 1 024 daily schedules to the list 9 Click Apply to save the shift 3 9 4 Assign Users to Shifts Assign users to shifts to enable BioStar to record time and attendance data You can assign individual users to shifts via the User pane or assign multiple users to a shift via the Time and Attendance pane To assign individual users to shifts via the User pane 1 Click User in the shortcut pane 2 Inthe navigation pane click a user name 3 In the User pane click the T amp A tab Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 105 3 Setup the BioStar System 4 Click the radio button next to Shift Management and then click Add at the bottom of the User pane This will open the T amp A Tree dialog box T amp A Tree a DA Shift CEE 2008 Shift CEE 2009 Shift Cancel 5 Select a shift and click OK Click Apply to save the T amp A settings for the user To assign multiple users to a shift via the Time and Attendance pane 1 Click Time and Attendance in the shortcut pane 2 Inthe navigation pane click a shift name 3 Inthe Shift pane click the User tab and then click Add at the bottom of the pane This will open the Add New User dialog box Add New User User Osa User OE Guiryun OS Kwanshik OS Kyeongsun O18 Mijeoung OE Minyoung OS Sohyun Cancel 4 Select one or more users and cli
308. time before the fingerprint scanner will timeout 7 sec to 20 sec If a user does not place a finger on the device within the timeout period the authorization will fail Server Matching Enable this setting to perform fingerprint or card ID matching at the BioStar server instead of the device When this mode is enabled the devices will send the fingerprint template or card ID to the server to verify a match This mode is useful when you have more users than can be downloaded to a device or user information cannot be distributed due to security concerns 1 N Fast Mode Set the device to use Fast Mode to reduce the amount of time required for matching fingerprints Auto Normal Fast or Fastest Setting Fast Mode to Auto will adjust the matching speed according to the number of enrolled templates Matching Timeout Set the length of time before the device will timeout when trying to identify a fingerprint match 0 Infinite to 10 sec Check Fake Finger Set the device to detect the use of fake fingerprints such as those made from silicon or rubber and prevent unauthorized access Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 7 6 5 Customize Settings 5 1 3 3 Network tab The Network tab allows you to customize network and server settings for BioLite Net devices Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand TCP IP Se
309. tings available for doors that have been added to the BioStar system Customize the way these doors function by changing settings to suit your particular environment and operational needs To access the tabs described below click Doors in the shortcut pane then click a door name 5 2 1 Details tab The Details tab allows you to specify which devices are used on the inside or outside of a door how the devices control the door and anti passback features When connecting two devices to a single door the devices should be connected to each other by RS485 In this case the I O ports of only one device can be used Specify which device s I O ports to use in the IO Device drop down list etails Alarm Zone Access Group Event Inside Device 10569 192 168 0 86 Outside Device Disable Unlock Time ApS Ore Lock Time APE Ober 10 Device Disable Door Relay Disable Exit Button Disable Door Status Disable Switch Type N a Switch Type N a Door Open Period sec O Door Open Alarm sec 0 Driven By All Events Closed By Open period Anti passback Soft g e Inside Device Select a device to use on the inside of the door e Outside Device Select a device to use on the outside of the door e Unlock Time Select a schedule when the door should normally be unlocked During this time door relays are active e Lock Time Select a schedule when the door should normally be locked During this time door relays are inactive Cop
310. tion to enable the analogue interphone IP interphone Choose this option to enable the VolP feature A telephone is required BioStar Videophone Choose this option to enable the videophone feature that supports both video and voice calls The supplied PC software is required The BioStar vidoephone works only with the device firmware version of FaceStation V1 0 or later When you select IP Interphone in the Type drop down list specify the following settings VOIP Server IP Specify an IP address for VOIP server VolP Display Name Specify a name to use for communication through the interphone Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web EE e 5 Customize Settings VoIP Phone Number Specify a phone number for the interphone VolP ID Specify a user name to access the VolP server VolP Password Specify a password to access the VolP server Speaker Gain Specify the volume of the speaker Mic Gain Specify the volume of the microphone When you select Videophone in the Type drop down list specify the following settings Mode Specify the videophone purpose Single or Extension Door Control Check this option if the videophone is used for door access Device Password Enter the videophone device password 5 1 7 6 Input tab The input tab lists input settings you have specified for an X Station device Buttons at the bottom of the tab allow you to add modify or delete input settin
311. to include in the layout default ts 2 e Template Size Select the number of bytes to use in the template The default size is 382 bytes e Template 1 4 Start Block Enter the starting block for each fingerprint template Template 1 default value is 19 Template 2 default value is 67 3 To use the custom layout click Apply to Devices and select the appropriate device numbers from the Device Tree dialog box 4 To save your changes click Save Note To reset any changes you have made click Default To exit the dialog box without saving changes click Close Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 89 3 Setup the BioStar System 3 6 4 9 Read card information from USB based readers You can specify options to read information from USB based contactless readers like a DE 620 by clicking Option gt Card gt USB Reader gt Card ID Format Card ID Format e Format Set the type of pre processing on the card ID data to Normal allowing the data to be processed in its original form Wiegand type is not supported e Byte Order Specify whether to swap ID card data between cards and devices by most significant byte MSB or least significant byte LSB e Bit Order Specify whether to swap ID card data between cards and devices by most significant bit MSB or least significant bit LSB 3 6 5 Transfer User Data BioStar allows you to automatically transfer user information to devices by selecting the
312. tput settings are available in BioStation V1 8 BioEntry Plus V1 4 BioEntry W V1 0 BioLite Net V1 2 Xpass and Xpass Slim V1 0 D Station V1 0 X Station V1 0 BioStation T2 and FaceStation V1 0 or higher To configure external input output settings 1 Click Doors in the shortcut pane 2 In the navigation pane click the name of an alarm zone 3 Click the Details tab in the Zone pane 4 Click Setup to the right of External Input Out This will open the External I O Setting dialog box External I O Setting External Sensor Status Device 40051 6183 152174 w 40051 Input 0 Switch External Arm Disarm Device 40051 6183 152 174 v 40051 Input 0 Switch N O w Arm Status Device 40051 6183 152174 iv Relay 40051 Relay 0 Signal Setting Signall v Priority Disarm Status Device k CPI EESErS TA v Relay 40051 Relay 0 Signal Setting Signal1 v Priority 0 5 Configure the following input output settings as desired e To prevent the BioStar system from arming an alarm zone a Under External Sensor Status select a device from the Device drop down list Select an input from the Input drop down list c Select the position of the input N O normally open or N C normally closed that will prevent the system from arming the alarm zone To allow the BioStar system to automatically arm or disarm an alarm zone Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com
313. tting USE USE Memory Enable USB port Disable USB port Enable USB port Disable USB port TCP IP Setting LAN Type Select a type of LAN connection from the drop down list Disable Ethernet or Wireless LAN Port Specify a port to use for the device WLAN Change setting Click to specify settings for a wireless local area network WLAN This option is active only when WLAN is selected as the TCP IP setting For more information about configuring settings for a WLAN please see section 3 2 4 Use DHCP Click this radio button to enable the dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP for the device Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web ee D 5 Customize Settings Not Use DHCP Click this radio button to disable the dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP for this device IP Address Specify an IP address for the device Subnet Specify a subnet address for the device Gateway Specify a network gateway Max Conn Specify the maximum number of connections to allow Server Use Click this radio button to enable the server mode Not use Click this radio button do disable server settings IP Address Specify an IP address for the BioStar server Server Port Specify the port used to connect to the server Time sync with Server Check this box to synchronize the device time with the server The device polls for a time change on the server e
314. tting IP 5 Use DHCP Not use DHCP IP Address 192 168 0 85 Gateway 192 168 1 1 Subnet 299 299 27t port 1471 server D Use Not Use Time Sync with Server IP Address Server Port 1480 Support 100 Base T 7 5 Use Not Use Packet Size 1514 Serial Setting AS485 Mode ive Baudrate 45200 Xe Support MTU Size setting Devices affiliated with Black Fin support MTU Size setting The supported packet size is between 1078 and 1514 and the default is 1514 This feature is supported from the FW versions BioEntry Plus 1 6 BioEntry W 1 2 BioLite Net 1 4 Xpass 1 3 TCP IP Use DHCP Click this radio button to enable the dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP for the device Not Use DHCP Click this radio button to disable the dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP for this device IP Address Specify an IP address for the device Subnet Specify a subnet address for the device Gateway Specify a network gateway Port Specify a port to use for the device Server Use Click this radio button to use specific server settings Not use Click this radio button to disable server settings IP Address Specify an IP address for the BioStar server Time sync with Server Check this box to synchronize the device time with the server The device polls for a time change on the server every one hour and its time will be synchronized with the server when the device s time
315. tting m Peter Jensen Stefan Kolding fig e Ulrik Stefansson In Out Report H Karl Nielsen le Task Select and deselect with gt gt gt or lt lt lt and check selected devices and unselected devices through the panel Manual Add can be made through direct device ID and name input when a device is no longer able to be found from the server but used before TA Device Unselected Devices 115 192 168 0 214 10569 192 168 0 86 Selected Devices 1004 192 168 0 96 10756 192 11729 192 12381 192 12636 192 12647 192 12997 192 13161 192 13906 192 13913 192 17914 192 20900 192 21017 192 30344 192 31122 192 33264 192 38288 192 56898 192 168 0 80 168 0 144 168 0 112 168 0 161 168 0 146 168 1 216 168 0 209 168 0 227 168 0 156 168 0 141 168 0 82 168 0 114 168 0 152 168 0 126 168 0 88 168 0 202 168 0 180 23456781 192 168 0 207 268445479 192 168 0 155 268492892 192 168 0 103 268492955 192 168 0 168 268492966 192 168 0 129 268497442 192 168 0 66 541131646 192 168 0 83 Manual Add Device ID Device Name 3 10 Setup Alarms BioStar can provide multiple levels of alarm notification The system can activate system alarms by emitting sounds from devices and connected computers The system can also be configured to send email notifications to specified recipients In addition you can configure Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www s
316. twork Use this tab to specify settings for LAN or serial connections Access Control Use this tab to specify entrance limits and default access groups for an individual device Interphone Use this tab to set the device to act as an interphone which allows communication between people on either side of the door Input Use this tab to add modify or delete input settings for the device Output Use this tab to add modify or delete output settings for the device Black List Use this tab to block access through a particular card e g a card which has been stolen or used by a former employee You can use this feature only when the card mode of the device is set to Template on Card Adding a user ID or card ID denies access from the users with the matching ID or card Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 56 3 Setup the BioStar System e Display Sound Use this tab to adjust display or sound settings and add background images and sounds e T amp A Use this tab to configure time and attendance settings e Wiegand Use this tab to configure the Wiegand format For more information about Wiegand formats see section 3 2 133 When you are finished configuring the device click Apply to save your changes 5 To apply the same settings to other devices click Apply to Others and select other devices from the Device Tree dialog box Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 5 3
317. upremainc com 108 3 Setup the BioStar System the system to receive inputs from external devices such as fire warning devices or send outputs to external devices such as alarm sirens 3 10 1 Configure Alarm Settings and Sounds BioStar allows you to customize how the system responds to events You can configure alarm settings by creating customized priority levels and selecting the action to take when an event occurs You can also add your own alarm sounds to further customize the system Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 709 3 Setup the BioStar System 3 10 1 1 Customize alarm actions To customize alarm actions 7 From the menu bar click Option gt Event gt Alarm Setting This will open the Alarm Setting dialog box Alarm Setting el W Select Priority Level Priority 0 kd Select the action to be taken when a specific event happens Action Program Sound Play Count 0 Infinite Send Email Acknowledge Soa 2 Select a priority level from the drop down list and click Add This will open a list of events 3 Select the events to include in the priority level and click OK 4 Select an action or actions by clicking the checkboxes on the right e Program Sound Choose a sound from the drop down list and then specify the duration play count of the sound in seconds If you set the Play Count to 0 the specified sound will play until someone with administrat
318. ured from the menu bar Option gt Event gt Output Port Setting Priority Set a priority for the event Only an event with an equal or higher priority 1 is the highest can override a previous event For example an alarm on activate event with a priority of 2 can be canceled only by an alarm off deactivate event with a priority of 1 or 2 Alarm Off Event Specify settings and click Add to add the event to the Alarm Off Event list These events will deactivate an alarm Event Select an event that will deactivate an alarm Auth Success Auth Fail Auth Duress Anti passback Fail Access Not Granted Entrance Limited Admin Auth Success Tamper On Door Opened Door Close Forced Open Door Held Open Door or Detect Input 1 3 Device Select the device to monitor for an alarm event Priority Set a priority for the event Only an event with an equal or higher priority 1 is the highest can override a previous event For example an alarm on event activate can be overridden only by an alarm off deactivate event with a priority of 1 or 2 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine com 2 O4 5 Customize Settings 5 1 5 6 Command Card tab The Command Card tab allows you to issue command cards For more information about command cards see section 3 2 8 1 Operation Mode Network Access Control Input Output Command Card Display Sound Wiegand Card ID Command Delete Delete All
319. us or BioEntry W devices For more information about issuing command cards see section 3 2 6 1 Display Sound Use this tab to configure LED amp Buzzer settings according to the event or status Wiegand Use this tab to configure the Wiegand format For more information about Wiegand formats see section 3 2 133 When you are finished configuring the device click Apply to save your changes To apply the same settings to other devices click Apply to Others and select other devices from the Device Tree dialog box 3 2 6 1 Issue command cards Command cards allow you to enroll and delete users directly from a BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W device For more information about enrolling users via command cards see section 3 6 2 3 For more information about delete an individual or all u sers via command cards see section 4 5 1 1 and 4 5 1 2 To issue command cards 1 Click Device in the shortcut pane 2 Inthe navigation pane click the name of a BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W device 3 Click the Command Card tab in the Device pane Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Command Card Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Card ID Command Delete All Card ID 0 Ar Readcard Command Type Enroll Card Add Need Authentication by Administrator 4 Click Read Card 5 Place a command card on the device Copyright 2014 Su
320. use specific server settings Not use Click this radio button to disable server settings IP Address Specify an IP address for the BioStar server Time sync with Server Check this box to synchronize the device time with the server The device polls for a time change on the server every one hour and its time will be synchronized with the server when the device s time and the server s time differ by more than 5 seconds Support 100 Base T This option allows you to enable or disable a fast Ethernet connection for the device When enabled the device will detect the Ethernet network and automatically establish the best connection If Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 189 5 Customize Settings you do not enable this option the device will attempt to establish a 10Base T Ethernet connection Use Click this radio button to enable the 100base T connection for the device Not Use Click this radio button to disable the 100base T connection for the device RS485 alee Mode Set the mode for a device connected via RS485 Disable Host Slave or PC Connection Baudrate Set the baud rate for a device connected via RS485 9600 to 115200 Access Control tab The Access Control tab allows you to customize entrance limit settings default access groups and T amp A mode settings for Xpass devices Operation Mode Network Access Control Input Output Command Card Displ
321. usion Tab The Face tab allows you to specify a D Station device to use for capturing face images of users For more information about capturing face images see section 3 6 3 Details Fingerprints Face Face Fusion Card Access Control T amp A Event Enroll Device 1st Face 2nd Face 3rd Face we Use Profile Img Use Profile Img Use Profile Img e Enroll Device Select a device to use for capturing face images 5 4 5 Card Tab The Card tab allows you to specify card types and IDs and issue cards to users For more information about issuing cards see section 3 6 3 Details Fingerprints Face Face Fusion Access Control T amp A Event Mifare CSN E Bypass card No Date amp Time e Card Type Select a type of access card to issue Mifare CSN Mifare Template EM 4100 HID Prox iCLASS CSN or iCLASS Template e Card ID Displays the card ID number when a card is issued e Custom ID Enter a custom ID for the card Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine coma O 5 Customize Settings 5 4 6 T amp A Tab The T amp A tab allows you to specify which shifts holiday rules and leave periods apply to a user To add new details click Add at the bottom of the tab To save changes to time and attendance settings you must click Apply at the bottom of the tab You can also remove entries by highlighting the entry and cl
322. ustomize Settings Card ID Format 5 1 2 2 Format Type Set the type of pre processing to occur on card ID data Normal or Wiegand If Normal is selected the card ID data will be processed in its original form If Wiegand is selected devices will interpret card ID data according to the Wiegand format settings Byte Order Specify whether to swap ID card data between cards and devices by most significant byte MSB or least significant byte LSB Bit Order Specify whether to swap ID card data between cards and devices by most significant bit MSB or least significant bit LSB Fingerprint tab The Fingerprint tab allows you to customize fingerprint authorization settings for BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W devices Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Command Card Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Fingerprint Security Level Norma aes 1 N Fast Mode Auto z Scan Timeout 10 sec Matching Timeout 3sec v Server Matching Disable Check Fake Finger Disable z Template Option Template Type Suprema Template Fingerprint Security Level Set the security level to use for fingerprint authorization Normal Secure or Most Secure Keep in mind that as the security level is increased so too is the likelihood of a false rejection Scan Timeout Set the length of time before the fingerprint scanner will timeout 1 sec to 20
323. utput can be connected to an elevator button to control access to floors The LIFT I O can be connected via RS485 as a slave to Xpass and Xpass Slim devices Up to 10 LIFT I O devices can be connected to an Xpass or Xpass Slim device to control up to 120 floors Logical Configuration BioStar is a distributed intelligence system Instead of the complex wiring and centralized control required by conventional access control systems Suprema s access control devices can be connected via TCP IP or wirelessly to a local area network or connected directly via serial connections User information access rules and other data can be distributed to each device to speed up authorization time and provide continual operation even when the connection to the network is lost As the following graphic illustrates the BioStar system does not require separate access controllers This feature provides a distinct advantage over other access control systems because BioStation BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W devices act simultaneously as both a controller and a reader As a result Suprema s distributed intelligence approach requires less hardware and less wiring than conventional centralized access control systems Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 17 Control Panel TCP IP Conventional Centralized Access Control Systems BioStar is a server client application that supports up to 32 clients 2 clients maximum in the free
324. utputs To configure the Wiegand format 7 Click Device in the shortcut pane 2 Inthe navigation pane click a device name 3 Click the Wiegand tab in the Device pane Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wieganc Wiegand Mode Legacy 7 Wiegand Input Disabled v Wiegand Output Wiegand Format Format 26 bit Standard Change Format EAAA AAAA AIII IIII IIII IIil 10 I ID bit C Custom ID bit O ParityBit Odd E ParityBit Even X Undefined FC Code Disable Pulse Width us 40 20 100 us Field Default Values Pulse Interval us 10000 200 20000 us Fail Code Value 0000 Click Change Format This will open the Wiegand Configuration wizard Click a radio button to select one of the following formats e 26 bit Standard This format is the most widely used and consists of an 8 bit FC code and a 16 bit ID You cannot change the bit definition of the format or the parity bits of this format Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 59 3 Setup the BioStar System e Pass through Use this format to customize only the ID bits During verification if the ID is recognized the Wiegand input string will pass through in its original form You cannot set the parity bits or alternative values of this format By definition the pass through format is useful only when the operation mode is one to one 1
325. ve the settings use the Transfer to Device function in the Lift menu instead To send settings and user data to an Xpass or Xpass Slim device 1 2 Click Lifts in the shortcut pane Click Transfer to Device in the task pane This will open the Lift Tree dialog box Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 6 7 3 Setup the BioStar System 3 5 Lift Tree elt Lift AY ifta D 233351192 168 0 210 In the lift tree select a device or devices by clicking the checkboxes next to device names Click Apply to send the elevator settings to the selected devices Setup Zones BioStar allows you to provide sophisticated access control with multiple zones Zones can be used to control the behavior of devices doors and other components In addition zones can be configured to provide different types of restrictions such as anti passback timed anti passback and entrance limits The sections below describe how to determine which zones to use and how to add and configure zones 3 5 1 Determine Which Zones to Use In total the BioStar system supports seven types of zones Access zone Use this zone to synchronize user or log information If you select the user synchronization option user data enrolled at the devices will be automatically propagated to other connected devices If you select the log synchronization option all log records will be written to the master device in addition to the serv
326. very one hour and its time will be synchronized with the server when the device s time and the server s time differ by more than 5 seconds RS485 Network Mode Set the mode for a device connected via RS485 Disable Host or Slave For more information about RS485 modes please see sections 3 2 1 and 3 2 2 RS485 Baudrate Set the baud rate for a device connected via RS485 9600 to 115200 RS232 Baudrate Set the baud rate for a device connected via RS232 9600 to 115200 USB Click the radio buttons to enable or disable the USB port on the FaceStation device USB Memory Click the radio buttons to enable or disable the USB memory on the FaceStation device Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web Ee ig S i 5 Customize Settings 5 1 9 5 Access Control tab The Access Control tab allows you to customize entrance limit settings and default access groups for a FaceStation device Operation Mode Face Camera Network Access Control Interphone Input Output Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Entrance Limit Setting Timed 4PE min Max Number of Entrance ooo pooo C Option 2 ooo me ooo Max Number of Entrance ooo oo ooo pooo C Option 3 Max Mumber of Entrance C option 4 JUL Max Number of Entrance Default Group Setting Entrance Limit Setting Timed APB min Set the duration in minutes that a user will be unable to
327. vice e Mifare Not use Mifare Check this box to disable MIFARE card authorization Use Template on Card Check this box to use the template on the MIFARE card for authorization View Mifare Layout Click this button to configure the MIFARE layout used by the device For more information about configuring MIFARE layouts please see section 3 6 4 7 Card ID Format Format Type Set the type of pre processing to occur on card ID data Normal or Wiegand If Normal is selected the card ID data will be Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 1 4 5 Customize Settings processed in its original form If Wiegand is selected devices will interpret card ID data according to the Wiegand format settings Byte Order Specify whether to swap ID card data between cards and devices by most significant byte MSB or least significant byte LSB Bit Order Specify whether to swap ID card data between cards and devices by most significant bit MSB or least significant bit LSB In Double mode setting option which includes an admin user is supported In Double mode door relay will not open unless an admin user authenticates within 15 seconds after a normal user authenticates If this option is not activated the door relay will open when other two users regardless of whether being a normal user or an admin user Note This feature is supported from the FW versions BioStation 1 93 BioStation
328. vice Input List No Name Input Switch Duration ms 1 Entrance 4005 1 Input 0 NM 0 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web es Ay 5 Customize Settings 5 3 4 2 Alarm tab The Alarm tab allows you to specify alarm actions and an output device for a fire alarm zone Details Ala Access Group Event Action Program Sound Output Device 40051 61 83 152174 w Play Count 0 Infinite Output port 40051 Relay 0 ae Device Sound 40051 6183152174 Y Output Signal Setting Send Email pe Action Program Sound Activate and select a sound from the drop down list to be emitted by the BioStar program Then specify the duration play count of the sound in seconds If you set the Play Count to 0 the specified sound will play until someone with administrative privileges manually stops the sound via the Realtime Monitoring tab in the Monitoring pane To add custom sounds to the list see section 3 10 1 2 Device Sound Activate and select a sound to be emitted by devices connected to the door Send Email Activate and setup emails to be sent by the system For more information about sending alert emails see section 3 10 2 Output Device Activate and select a device to output an alarm signal Output Port Select an output port to use when sending the alarm signal Output Signal Select an output signal to send Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web sieenishiaiiniaeill Fae
329. vice Select the device to monitor for an alarm event Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 18 7 5 Customize Settings Signal Setting Select a signal setting that you have previously configured from the menu bar Option gt Event gt Output Port Setting Priority Set a priority for the event Only an event with an equal or higher priority 1 is the highest can override a previous event For example an alarm on activate event with a priority of 2 can be canceled only by an alarm off deactivate event with a priority of 1 or 2 Alarm Off Event Specify settings and click Add to add the event to the Alarm Off Event list These events will deactivate an alarm Event Select an event that will deactivate an alarm Auth Success Auth Fail Auth Duress Anti passback Fail Access Not Granted Entrance Limited Admin Auth Success Tamper On Door Opened Door Close Forced Open Door Held Open Door or Detect Input 1 3 Device Select the device to monitor for an alarm event Priority Set a priority for the event Only an event with an equal or higher priority 1 is the highest can override a previous event For example an alarm on event activate can be overridden only by an alarm off deactivate event with a priority of 1 or 2 5 1 3 7 Black List tab The Black List tab allows you to register user IDs or access card numbers and prevent them from being authenticated with the dev
330. vigation pane right click User Click Add Department Enter a name for the department To transfer users to a department simply click and drag a user name onto a department name 4 5 3 Customize User Information Fields BioStar allows you to customize user information fields This can be useful for altering the default information fields or for creating new fields 4 5 3 1 Add new information fields To add new information fields 7 From the menu bar click Option gt User gt Custom Field Setting This will open the Custom Fields Management dialog box Custom Fields Mangement temae O me kathy Cran tent Ca Order Item Name Type ID Edit Start Date Date Expire Date Date Title Combobox quest President Director General Manager iche Mabile Edit Genders Combobox Female Male Date of Birth Date 2 Select an order number from the first drop down list choose a number that is not already in use Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 13 7 4 Manage the BioStar System 5 6 7 Select a field type from the second drop down list To restrict the field to numerical values click the Only Digit checkbox Enter item data for example items to appear in a combo box and a name for the item Click Add Repeat steps 2 5 as desired to create additional information fields When you are finished click Save 4 5 3 2 Modify existing information fields To modify existin
331. vironment and operational needs 5 1 3 1 Operation Mode tab The Operation Mode tab allows you to customize time and various operation modes settings for BioLite Net devices Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Display Sound T amp A Wiegand BioLiteNet Time Get Host PC Time Date 2014 04 14 fr Time 2S 2 51 58 Get Device Time SetDevice Time Sensor Mode Always On Always bd OK Pressed No Time v ID Entered Always Operation Mode Fingerprint Only Always z Double Mode Private Auth Disable m Password Only No Time v Double Mode Fingerprint Password No Time X Double Mode Fingerprint Password No Time X Double Mode Card Only No Time X Double Mode Mifare Card ID Format Format Type Normal v Byte Order MSB v Bit Order MSB z BioLiteNet Time Date Manually set the device date with a drop down calendar Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 1 3 5 Customize Settings Time Manually set the device time Sync with Host PC Time Check this box to get the time of the Icoal PC which BioStar client program is installed on The time will be displayed in the Date and Time spin boxes right below this option and you can set the device s time to match this time by clicking Set Time Get Time Get the current time displayed by the device Set Time Set the tim
332. w supremainc com 53 3 Setup the BioStar System Wiegand Use this tab to configure the Wiegand format For more information about Wiegand formats see section 3 2 133 4 When you are finished configuring the device click Apply to save your changes To apply the same settings to other devices click Apply to Others and select other devices from the Device Tree dialog box 3 2 10 Configure an X Station Device To configure an X Station device 1 Click Device in the shortcut pane 2 Double click a device name in the navigation pane This will open a Device pane similar to the one below Device Basic Information Name 65500 192 168 0 182 Firmware v 1 21_121106 X 5taton Time Date E 3 2014 E 1 1 Operation Mode Card Only ID Card Password Double Mode DoubleMode Option Mifare Not use Mifare Use Data Card Card ID Format Format Type Device ID 5500 Device Type E Get Host PC Time Get Device Time Set Device Time Private Auth Server Matching Auth Timeout Detect Face Wiegand E Use Wiegand Card Bypass Bit Order Apply to Others 3 Configure device information on the following tabs For an explanation of device settings see section 5 1 7 Operation mode Use this tab to set the device time or retrieve it from a host PC and adjust settings for operation modes Camera Use this tab to assign events by timezone that can be performed via the camera and the face
333. w supremaine com OJ 5 Customize Settings example to prevent someone from following an authorized person through the door e Anti passback Click the checkbox to activate the anti passback feature only available when using both an inside and an outside device Device Name This field is populated automatically Device IP This field is populated automatically APB Type Set the type of anti passback restriction to use Soft or Hard Reset Time min Set the duration in minutes that must pass before the anti passback status is reset The default reset time is O at this setting the anti passback status will not be reset e Unlock Trigger Option Unlock Trigger Option Unlock Trigger is supported in the Details tab in the door setting This feature allows the door to be remained open during Unlock Time only after an Admin User or Normal User identification Note Supported Firmware Versions BioStation 1 93 BioStation T2 1 3 FaceStation 1 3 BioEntry Plus 1 6 BioEntry W 1 2 BioLite Net 1 4 Xpass 1 3 Note Unlock Trigger is not supported when two devices Host Slave device or 3rd Party Wiegand reader are configured for one door and Unlock Trigger was made from the slave device And when the case that 3rd Party Wiegand reader is configured for one door is not supported And it s supported only when a triger was made from one Host device e Minimum Input Duration Minimum Input Duration This feature can be act
334. y 1 Add Delete Delete All Save Cancel Device Type Select the device type for which you will add or modify settings Port Select an output port Relay 0 For Secure I O devices these settings are available Relay O or Relay 1 Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremainc com 169 5 Customize Settings Alarm On Event Specify settings and click Add to add the event to the Alarm On Event list These events will activate an alarm Event Select an event that will activate an alarm Auth Success Auth Fail Auth Duress Anti passback Fail Access Not Granted Entrance Limited Admin Auth Success Tamper On Door Opened Door Close Forced Open Door Held Open Door or Detect Input 1 3 Device Select the device to monitor for an alarm event Signal Setting Select a signal setting that you have previously configured from the menu bar Option gt Event gt Output Port Setting Priority Set a priority for the event Only an event with an equal or higher priority 1 is the highest can override a previous event For example an alarm on activate event with a priority of 2 can be canceled only by an alarm off deactivate event with a priority of 1 or 2 Alarm Off Event Specify settings and click Add to add the event to the Alarm Off Event list These events will deactivate an alarm Duka Event Select an event that will deactivate an alarm Auth Success Auth Fail Auth Duress Ant
335. you have previously configured from the menu bar Option gt Event gt Output Port Setting Priority Set a priority for the event Only an event with an equal or higher priority 1 is the highest can override a previous event For example an alarm on activate event with a priority of 2 can be canceled only by an alarm off deactivate event with a priority of 1 or 2 Alarm Off Event Specify settings and click Add to add the event to the Alarm Off Event list These events will deactivate an alarm Copyright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web E E 16 5 Customize Settings Event Select an event that will deactivate an alarm Auth Success Auth Fail Auth Duress Anti passback Fail Access Not Granted Entrance Limited Admin Auth Success Tamper On Door Opened Door Close Forced Open Door Held Open Door or Detect Input 1 3 Device Select the device to monitor for an alarm event Priority Set a priority for the event Only an event with an equal or higher priority 1 is the highest can override a previous event For example a priority 2 alarm on event activate can be overridden only by an alarm off deactivate event with a priority of 1 or 2 5 1 6 9 Black List tab The Black List tab allows you to register user IDs or access card numbers and prevent them from being authenticated with the device Operation Mode Fingerprint Camera Network Access Control Input Output Black List Disp
336. you have specified for a FaceStation device Buttons at the bottom of the tab allow you to add modify or delete output settings To add or modify settings you must specify them from the Output Setting dialog box For more information about configuring output settings see section 3 10 3 1 Output Setting Device Type 50006 Alarm On Event Alarm Off Event Relay 0 Event Auth Success Device 50006 Signal Setting Signal1 Priority 1 Event Auth Success Device 50006 Priority 1 Cancel Device Type Select the device type for which you will add or modify settings Port select an output port Relay 0 For Secure I O devices these settings are available Relay O or Relay 7 Alarm On Event Specify settings and click Add to add the event to the Alarm On Event list These events will activate an alarm Event Select an event that will activate an alarm Auth Success Auth Fail Anti passback Fail Access Not Granted Entrance Limited Admin Auth Success Tamper On Door Opened Door Close Forced Open Door Held Open Door Detect Input 1 3 Device Select the device to monitor for an alarm event Signal Setting Select a signal setting that you have previously configured from the menu bar Option gt Event gt Output Port Setting Priority Set a priority for the event Only an event with an equal or higher priority 1 is the highest can override a previous event For example an alarm
337. yright 2014 Suprema Inc On the web www supremaine com OL 5 Customize Settings e 10 Device When using two devices on a single door specify which device s IO ports will be used e Door Relay Select a door relay e Exit Button Select a device input to use for an exit button Disable or Input 0 and Input 1 for each device added e Switch Type Set the normal position of the input used for an exit button N O normally open or N C normally closed e Door Status set an input for a sensor that detects the current status of the door e Switch Type Set the normal position of the input used for a door status sensor N O normally open or N C normally closed e Door Open Period sec Set the duration in seconds that a door relay should be activated when a door is opened After this duration the relay will stop sending the signal to open the door The default is three seconds e Door Open Alarm sec Set the duration in seconds that a door can remain open before an alarm will sound e Driven by Select types of events that will trigger associated devices to open the door All Events default Associated devices will open the door on any successful authorization events TNA AUTH Associated devices will open the door on successful T amp A or credential authorization events or T amp A authorization events To use this option you must select the Use Relay checkbox in the T amp A tab This option is only available for
338. ze Settings Use Click this radio button to enable the 100base T connection for the device Not Use Click this radio button to disable the 100base T connection for the device RS485 Mode Set the mode for a device connected via RS485 Disable Host Slave or PC Connection Baudrate Set the baud rate for a device connected via RS485 9600 to 115200 Support MTU Size setting Devices affiliated with Black Fin support MTU Size setting The supported packet size is between 1078 and 1514 and the default is 1514 Note This feature is supported from the FW versions BioEntry Plus 1 6 BioEntry W 1 2 BioLite Net 1 4 Xpass 1 3 Hdi Access Control tab The Access Control tab allows you to customize entrance limit settings and default access groups and T amp A mode settings for a BioEntry Plus or BioEntry W device Operation Mode Fingerprint Network Access Control Input Output Black List Command Card Display Sound T amp A Wiegand Entrance Limit Setting Timed APB min 0 Option 1 0000 0000 Max Number of Entrance Option 2 0000 0000 Max Number of Entrance Option 3 0000 0000 Max Number of Entrance Option 4 0000 0000 Max Number of Entrance Default Access Group Setting Default Group Full Access v Entrance Limit Setting Timed APB min Set the duration in minutes that a user will be unable to regain entry to an area via the device Once a user has

BioStar 1.8 Administrator Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents